#LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ \lyxformat 413 \begin_document \begin_header \textclass scrbook \begin_preamble % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!! % % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble, % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact % the documentation team % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used % set fonts for nicer pdf view \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{} \fi % end if pdflatex is used % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float \usepackage[figure]{hypcap} % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added \let\myTOC\tableofcontents \renewcommand\tableofcontents{% \frontmatter \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{} \myTOC \mainmatter } % define a short command for \textvisiblespace \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace} % macro for italic page numbers in the index \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}} % for customized page headers/footers % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document \usepackage{fancyhdr} % change header rule width \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt} % workaround for a makeindex bug, % see sec. "Index Entry Order" % only uncomment this when you are using makindex %\let\OrgIndex\index %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}} % the following added in Bahasa Indonesia Version % to follow the most common style (centered chapters) in Indonesia \addtokomafont{chapterentry}{\centering} \addtokomafont{chapter}{\centering} \end_preamble \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading \use_default_options false \begin_modules customHeadersFooters enumitem \end_modules \maintain_unincluded_children false \language bahasa \language_package default \inputencoding auto \fontencoding global \font_roman default \font_sans default \font_typewriter default \font_default_family default \use_non_tex_fonts false \font_sc false \font_osf false \font_sf_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100 \graphics default \default_output_format default \output_sync 0 \bibtex_command default \index_command default \paperfontsize 12 \spacing single \use_hyperref true \pdf_title "Petunjuk Penggunaan LyX" \pdf_author "Tim LyX" \pdf_subject "LyX" \pdf_keywords "LyX" \pdf_bookmarks true \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true \pdf_bookmarksopen false \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1 \pdf_breaklinks false \pdf_pdfborder false \pdf_colorlinks true \pdf_backref false \pdf_pdfusetitle false \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false" \papersize default \use_geometry false \use_amsmath 1 \use_esint 1 \use_mhchem 1 \use_mathdots 1 \cite_engine basic \use_bibtopic false \use_indices false \paperorientation portrait \suppress_date false \use_refstyle 0 \notefontcolor #0000ff \branch Question \selected 1 \filename_suffix 0 \color #00ff00 \end_branch \branch Answer \selected 0 \filename_suffix 0 \color #aa55ff \end_branch \index Index \shortcut idx \color #008000 \end_index \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 2 \paragraph_separation indent \paragraph_indentation default \quotes_language english \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle default \tracking_changes false \output_changes false \html_math_output 0 \html_css_as_file 0 \html_be_strict true \end_header \begin_body \begin_layout Title Petunjuk Penggunaan LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Author oleh Tim LyX \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \noindent Petunjuk dalam Bahasa Indonesia ini disunting oleh \noun on Waluyo Adi Siswanto \noun default . Apabila anda mempunyai komentar atau menemukan kesalahan yang perlu dikoreksi, silakan kirim komentar ke mailing list LyX, \family typewriter \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org" type "mailto:" \end_inset \family default . \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Versi 2.0.x \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Versi PDF terkini dapat diperoleh disini: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset CommandInset toc LatexCommand tableofcontents \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter Pendahuluan \end_layout \begin_layout Section Apakah LyX? \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX adalah suatu sistem pengaturan dokumen yang digunakan untuk menyiapkan manuskrip makalah, buku, surat bisnis, proposal, juga dapat digunakan untuk menulis puisi. LyX tidak seperti \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset pengolah kata \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset lainnya. LyX menggunakan paradigma bahasa perubahan sebagai inti dari gaya penyuntingan, yaitu apabila anda menulis judul bab, maka anda hanya perlu menandainya sebagai \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Bab \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , tidak perlu menyatakan \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Huruf Tebal, ukuran 17 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt, rata kiri, jarak ke baris berikutnya 5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . LyX yang akan mengatur semuanya itu. Anda hanya perlu memikirkan tentang isi dan konsep, bukan bagaimana pengaturan penulisannya. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Filosopi ini dijelaskan pada buku panduan \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \emph on Pengantar \emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Apabila belum membacanya, sangat disarankan anda membacanya terlebih dahulu sebelum melanjutkan mempelajari buku panduan ini. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Dalam buku panduan \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \emph on Pengantar \emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , selain menjelaskan tentang filosofi LyX, juga menjelaskan tentang format penulisan yang digunakan di semua buku panduan. Oleh karena itu anda perlu meluangkan waktu untuk membacanya terlebih dahulu. Buku panduan lain yang disarankan dipelajari sebelum membaca buku panduan ini adalah buku panduan \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \emph on Tutorial \emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Bagaimana Tampilan LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Seperti umumnya aplikasi program lain, LyX mempunyai kotak menu utama di bagian atas jendela kerja. Dibagian bawahnya ada kotak bantuan yang berisi satu kotak pilihan serta berbagai tombol bantuan. Selain itu, ada gulungan vertikal dan area kerja utama untuk menyunting dokumen. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Ada satu hal yang perlu anda ketahui, anda tidak akan menemukan gulungan horisontal. Hal ini bukanlah karena kutu program atau fitur yang terlupakan, tetapi merupakan kesengajaan. Teks yang ditulis dalam area kerja LyX akan selalu diteruskan di baris bawahnya apabila melewati batas jendela kerja. Oleh karena itu, LyX tidak memerlukan gulungan horisontal, cukup menggunakan gulungan vertikal. Mungkin ada tiga alasan mengapa anda masih memerlukan gulungan horisontal. Yang pertama adalah apabila anda mempunyai gambar yang berukuran besar. Untuk mengatasi hal ini, yang anda perlu lakukan adalah mengatur skala gambar di LyX agar bisa ditampilan seluruhnya di area kerja LyX. Alasan yang kedua dan ketiga adalah berkaitan dengan tabel dan persamaan yang melebihi area kerja. Untuk tabel, anda bisa menggunakan tombol panah untuk menggeser kursor dalam tabel pada arah horisontal. Namun demikian, hal ini belum dapat dilakukan untuk persamaan yang panjang dan melebihi area kerja. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Penjelasan ringkas tentang semua menu LyX serta tombol bantuan yang ada, silahkan membaca di Lampiran \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:The-User-Interface" \end_inset . Hampir semua menu dapat dipahami dengan sendirinya dari nama menu. Namun demikian anda dapat memperoleh penjelasan lanjut pada sub-bab dalam Lampiran \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:The-User-Interface" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section BANTUAN \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Bantuan yang disediakan adalah dalam bentuk buku panduan LyX. Anda dapat membaca \emph on semua \emph default buku panduan dalam LyX. Caranya sangat mudah, dari menu \family sans Bantuan \family default , kemudian pilihlah buku panduan yang ingin anda baca. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Pengaturan LyX Dasar \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Ada beberapa fitur LyX dapat diatur dari dalam LyX, tanpa melakukan perubahan atau menyunting secara langsung pada berkas konfigurasinya. LyX mampu memeriksa sistem anda untuk melihat perangkat lunak, class dokumen LaTeX, serta paket LaTeX yang tersedia. Dengan kemampuan ini, LyX menggunakannya untuk menentukan pengaturan bawaan yang ada dalam \family sans Preferensi \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Preferensi \end_layout \end_inset . Walaupun pengaturan konfigurasi bawaan sudah dilakukan ketika proses instalasi LyX, anda masih mempunyai keleluasaan untuk menambah program tambahan secara lokal, misalnya LaTeX class, yang sebelumnya belum dikenal oleh LyX. Untuk memaksa LyX untuk memeriksa ulang sistem anda, maka anda perlu menggunaka n \family sans AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator Konfigurasi Ulang \family default . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Konfigurasi Ulang LyX \end_layout \end_inset . Setelah proses konfigurasi ulang, anda harus menjalankan ulang LyX untuk memastikan semua perubahan diterapkan dalam LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Pengaturan LaTeX \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:LaTeX-Setup" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Anda dapat menyunting dokumen dalam LyX tanpa instalasi LaTeX, namun demikian anda tidak akan bisa melihat atau mebuat PDF atau mencetak dokumen tanpa LaTeX. Apabila dokumen anda menggunakan DocBook, maka anda akan dapat menghasilkan PDF atau yang setara, selain itu semua dokumen dalam DocBook akan mempunyai keluaran sebagai plain text atau XHTML. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Beberapa class dokumen menggunakan kombinasi class LaTeX atau DocBook atau paket LaTeX. Anda dapat menggunakan class dokumen tersebut walaupun anda tidak memiliki berkas yang seharusnya sudah dipasang. Tentu saja anda tidak dapat melihat hasil keluaran tanpa semua berkas terpasang di sistem anda. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Semua paket LaTeX yang sudah dideteksi ada dalam sistem anda dapat dilihat melalui menu \family sans Bantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator Konfigurasi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LaT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX \family default . Apabila ada paket-paket yang belum terpasang, anda perlu melakukan instalasi paket kemudian konfigurasi ulang (menu \family sans AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator Konfigurasi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Ulang \family default ). \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset from being printed with sub- and superscript letters. More about TeX Code is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:TeX-Code" \end_inset , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Konfigurasi Ulang LyX \end_layout \end_inset Informasi tentang bagaimana melakukan instalasi tambahan paket LaTeX, silahkan lihat sub-bab 5.1 dari buku panduan \emph on Perubahan dan Pengaturan \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter Bagaimana Menggunakan LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Section Dasar Penggunaan Berkas \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Penggunaan Berkas \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Semua penggunaan berkas dapat dimulai dari menu \family sans Berkas \family default serta ada di kotak bantuan dalam bentuk ikon tombol bantuan. Beberapa menu yang berkaitan dengan berkas adalah: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Baru \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/buffer-new.png scale 55 \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Baru \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset dari \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Templet \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Buka \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset berkas \family default \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/file-open.png scale 55 \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Tutup \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Simpan \family default \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/buffer-write.png scale 55 \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Simpan \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ke \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Nama \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Lain \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Kembalikan \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Berkas \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Kontrol \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Versi \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Impor \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Ekspor \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Cetak \family default \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png scale 55 \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Keluar \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Secara umum, hampir semua operasi berkas mirip dengan yang ada di pengolah kata. Hanya saja di LyX ada sedikit perbedaan. Apabila membuka berkas baru dari The \family sans Berkas\SpecialChar \menuseparator Baru \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset dari \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Templet, \family default bukan hanya menuntun anda untuk memberi nama berkas tetapi juga memilih templet yang akan anda gunakan. Dengan memilih templet secara otomatis akan mengatur fitur utama tataletak dokumen, sedangkan fitur lainnya dapat anda atur sendiri. Templet mungkin menggunakan kelas dokumen tertentu (lihat subbab \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Document-Classes" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Kembalikan \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset berkas \family default serta \family sans Kontrol \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Versi \family default sangat berguna apabila anda bersama teman-teman anda menyunting berkas dokumen yang sama \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Apabila anda akan melakukan hal ini, anda perlu mempelajari fitur Kontrol Versi yang ditulis di buku panduan \emph on Fitur Tambahan \emph default \SpecialChar \@. \end_layout \end_inset . \family sans Kembalikan \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset berkas \family default akan memuat ulang dokumen dari cakra. Anda dapat menggunakan operasi \family sans Kembalikan \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset berkas \family default untuk mengabaikan perubahan yang sudah anda lakukan dan mengembalikan ke berkas terakhir yang anda simpan. Dengan operasi berkas \family sans Kontrol \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Versi, \family default anda dapat mendaftarkan catatan perubahan pada dokumen sehingga orang lain akan dapat mengenali perubahan yang telah anda lakukan. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Dasar Fitur Penyuntingan \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Penyuntingan \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Seperti pengolah kata modern lainnya, operasi penyuntingan dengan potong dan tempel dalam LyX dapat dipraktekkan untuk teks, berupa karakter, kata, maupun keseluruhan halaman atau bahkan lebih dari satu halaman. Pada empat subbab berikut akan menjelaskan fitur penyuntingan yang ada dalam LyX dan bagaimana memanfaatkannya. Kita akan memulai dari potong dan tempel. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Seperti yang anda perkirakan, menu \family sans Suntingan \family default dan kotak bantuan standar menyediakan perintah potong dan tempelkan serta fitur suntingan lainnya. Beberapa perintah suntingan perlu pembahasan khusus sehingga dikelompokkan dalam pembahasan subbab berikutnya. Perintah suntingan utama adalah: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Potong \family default \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/cut.png scale 55 \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Salin \family default \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/copy.png scale 55 \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Tempelkan \family default \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/paste.png scale 55 \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Tempelkan \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset yg \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset terkini \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Tempelkan \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Spesial \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Cari \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset & \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Ganti \family default \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png scale 55 rotateOrigin center \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Tiga perintah suntingan yang pertama dapat dipahami dari nama perintahnya sendiri. Hanya ada beberapa catatan: apabila anda memilih dan menandai teks di dokumen anda, maka secara otomatis akan tersimpam di papan klip. Tombol \family sans Delete \family default dan \family sans Backspace \family default juga berfungsi sebagai perintah \family sans Potong \family default . Selain itu yang paling penting, jika anda memilih dan menandai teks, harap hati-hati: jika anda menekan salah satu tombol, maka LyX akan menghapus teks yang anda pilih tadi dan mengganti dengan dengan huruf atau karakter yang anda tekan. Untuk mengembalikannya, anda perlu melakukan perintah \family sans Batalkan \family default agar teks dikembalikan seperti semula. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Tempelkan \end_layout \end_inset Anda dapat dapat menyalin teks di LyX juga dari program lainnya menggunakan \family sans Potong \family default , \family sans Salin \family default dan \family sans Tempelkan \family default . Anak menu \family sans Tempelkan \family default \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \family sans yg \family default \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \family sans terkini \family default akan menampilkan daftar teks yang terakhir anda tempelkan. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Dari menu Suntingan \family sans \SpecialChar \menuseparator Tempelkan \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset spesial, Teks \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset biasa, \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Disambungkan \family default akan menyisipkan teks yang tersimpan di papan klip sedemikian sehingga teks yang disisipkan dalam \emph on satu \emph default paragraf. Paragraf baru akan dimulai apabila ada baris kosong. Tanpa pilihan \family sans Disambungkan \family default , teks disisipkan sebagai paragraf baru, dimana setiap ganti baris menjadi awal paragraf. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Ganti \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Cari \end_layout \end_inset Menu \family sans Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator Cari \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset & \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Ganti \family default \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \family sans (Cepat) \family default akan membuka jendela dialog \family sans Cari \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset & \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Ganti \family default . Apabila anda sudah menemukan kata atau ekspresi yang anda cari, LyX akan menandainya. Dengan menekan tombol \family sans Ganti \family default , kata yang ditemukan tadi akan digantikan dengan teks yang ada di area \family sans Ganti \family default \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \family sans dengan \family default . Anda bisa meneruskan pencarian dengan menekan tombol Berikutnya. Jika anda menekan tombol \family sans Ganti \family default \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \family sans Semua \family default maka semua kata yang ada di dokumen akan diganti seketika secara otomatis. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Apabila anda ingin mempertimbangkan huruf besar/kecil, anda perlu menggunakan menu \family sans Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator Cari \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset & \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Ganti \family default \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \family sans (Lengkap) \family default . Pada dialog \family sans Cari \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset & \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Ganti \family default \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \family sans (Lengkap) \family default anda bisa mengatur pencarian yang anda inginkan. Apabila anda mengkatifkan pilihan \family sans Pertimbangkan \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset huruf \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset besar/kecil \family default , maka pencarian kata \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter Test \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset akan berbeda dengan \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter test \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Pilihan \family sans Seluruh \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset kata \family default akan memaksa LyX hanya mencari kata tersebut, misalnya pencarian \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter star \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset tidak akan menemukan \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter starlet \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \lang english LyX offers also an advanced \family sans Find \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset & \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Replace \family default feature that is described in sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Beberapa sisipan tambahan berformat, seperti nota, ambangan, dll., dapat diuraikan. Maknanya apabila tanda sisipan dihilangkan, maka isinya akan berubah menjadi teks normal. Cara menguraikan sisipan tambahan adalah dengan meletakkan kursor di lokasi paling depan dalam kotak sisipan kemudian menekan tombol ketik \family sans Backspace \family default atau meletakkan kursor di bagian akhir dalam kotak sisipan kemudian menekan tombol ketik \family sans Delete \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "inset-select-all" \end_inset , the shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select" \end_inset selects the whole document. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Batalkan dan Kembalikan \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Kembalikan \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Batalkan \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Undo-and-Redo" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Jika anda membuat kesalahan anda dapat dengan mudah membatalkannya. Anda perlu ke menu Suntingan \family sans \SpecialChar \menuseparator Batalkan \family default atau dari tombol bantuan \family sans \family default \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/undo.png scale 55 \end_inset untuk membatalkan apa yang baru saja anda lakukan. LyX mempunyai kemampunyan menyimpan dalam kapasitas yang besar untuk membatalka n/mengembalikan. Saat ini mekanisme simpanan maksimum adalah sampai 100 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset kali. Apabila secara tidak sengaja anda melakukan proses pembatalan yang terlebih, anda bisa mengembalikannya dari menu \family sans Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator Kembalikan \family default atau dengan menekan tombol \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/redo.png scale 55 \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Apabila anda mengembalikan perubahan sampai ke kondisi dokumen saat terakhir disimpan, status dokumen \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ada perubahan \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset tidak akan menjadi normal kembali seperti tidak ada perubahan. Hal ini karena anda sebenarnya melakukan perubahan pada dokumen. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Proses \family sans Batalkan \family default dan \family sans Kembalikan \family default dapat dilakukan untuk apa saja di LyX. Namun demikian proses \family sans Batalkan \family default dan \family sans Kembalikan \family default pada teks tidak dilakukan untuk setiap karakter, tetapi berlaku untuk kumpulan teks. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Penggunaan Tetikus \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Penggunaan Tetikus \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Berikut ini adalah dasar pengunaan tetikus. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Memindah Kursor \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Tekan atau klik \emph on tombol tetikus kiri \emph default sekali di daerah jendela kerja LyX. Kursor akan mengikuti dan berkedip tepat di tempat anda menekan tombol kiri tetikus. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Memilih dan Menandai Teks \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Tekan dan tahan \emph on tombol kiri tetikus \emph default kemudian seret tetikus. LyX akan menandai teks mulai dari awal kursor sebelum diseret sampai ke tempat posisi kursor setelah diseret. Gunakan \family sans Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator Salin \family default untuk membuat salinan teks dalam simpanan LyX (dan papan klip). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Pindahkan kursor ke tempat lain kemudian tempelkan teks yang disimpan ke lokasi baru, menggunakan \family sans Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator \family default Tempelkan. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Sisipan Tambahan (Catatan kaki, Nota, Ambangan, etc.) \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard \emph on Klik-kanan \emph default pada sisipan tambahan untuk melihat propertinya. Anda perlu membaca pada bab tertentu di buku panduan ini untuk penjelasan lebin terperinci. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Section Navigasi \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Navigating" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Navigasi \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english The \family sans Navigate \family default menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click to jump to the corresponding document part. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Outline \family default or by the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-toggle toc" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english You can set bookmarks in your document under \family sans Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator Bookmarks \family default and use the same menu to return to them. Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "bookmark-goto 0" \end_inset (also \family sans Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator NavigateBack \family default ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something. This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to your last editing position. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \lang english The Outliner \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset TOC \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents. The Outline has become much more powerful now, however. In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen ces (see \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand formatted reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset ), or notes, or citations (see \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand formatted reference "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset ). Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your document. The Outline has become much more powerful now, however. In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen ces (see \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand formatted reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset ), or notes, or of citations (see \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand formatted reference "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset ). Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements. For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation dialog and to modify the citation. Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it. And so on. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear in the Outline. For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset sub: \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow you further to control the display. The \family sans Sort \family default option sorts the current list alphabetically. Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the document.The \family sans Keep \family default option keeps it in the current view state. Keeping means that when you have e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset the subsections of section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2 and 4 shown and click on section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 3, the subsections of section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2 and 4 will still be shown. Without the \family sans Keep \family default option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 3. Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset depth \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/reload.png \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary). Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections in your document. The \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/down.png scale 85 groupId toolbarbuttons \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/up.png scale 85 groupId toolbarbuttons \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset buttons move sections up and down in the document. So, for example, you can move section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.5 before section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.4 or after section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.6. LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order. With the buttons \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/promote.png scale 85 groupId toolbarbuttons \end_inset and \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/demote.png scale 85 groupId toolbarbuttons \end_inset (or the corresponding key bindings \family sans Tab \family default and \family sans Shift-Tab \family default ) you can change the level of sections. So you can for example make section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.5 chapter \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 3 or to subsection \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.4.1. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Masukan / Melengkapi Kata \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Input-Completion" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Masukan kata \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Melengkapi kata|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Masukan kata \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX menyediakan data kata-kata untuk mempercepat proses penyuntingan dari hasil memindai kata-kata dalam dokumen yang sedang dibuka. Semua kata-kata yang ada dalam dokumen disimpan dalam basis data untuk digunakan melengkapi kata saat proses penyuntingan. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Pengaturan bawaan LyX untuk melengkapi kata adalah dalam bentuk yang paling sederhana yaitu menggunakan tampilan kursor segitiga sebagai tanda bahwa sudah ada kata tersedia. Anda tinggal menggunakan tombol \family sans Tab \family default untuk melengkapi kata. Apabila ada beberapa pilihan kata tersedia, jendela kecil akan muncul dan menampilkan kata-kata tersebut. Anda dapat memilih dengan menggunakan tetikus atau tombol panah, kemudian menetapkan pilihan dengan menekan tombol \family sans Enter \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Untuk menghilangkan tanda melengkapi segitiga, anda perlu mengubah pengaturan bawaan dari menu \family sans AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preferensi \family default kemudian dari seksi Penyuntingan \family sans \SpecialChar \menuseparator Cara \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Melengkapi \family default anda perlu melepaskan pilihan \family sans Indikator kursor \family default . Sedangkan pengaturan \family sans Melengkapi kata otomatis pada baris \family default , pilihan kata akan ditampilkan pada baris dibelakang posisi kursor. Untuk menerima saran kata yang muncul pada baris, anda cukup menekan tombol \family sans Tab \family default . Apabila menggunakan pengaturan \family sans Menampilkan jendela pilihan otomatis \family default , maka jendela pilihan kata akan selalu ditampilkan. LyX mempunyai berbagai pengaturan melengkapi kata untuk yang sudah mahir. Pengaturan lanjut akan dapat ditemui di subbab. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Gabungan tombol ketik \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Gabungan tombol ketik \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Gabungan tombol|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Gabungan tombol ketik \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Pintasan|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Gabungan tombol \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Ada dua peta utama untuk gabungan tombol ketik: CUA dan Emacs. Bawaan LyX menggunakan CUA. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Beberapa tombol ketik, seperti \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Up \family default , \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Down \family default , \family sans Left \family default , \family sans Right \family default , \family sans Up \family default , dan \family sans Down \family default , sudah dapat berfungsi seperti yang anda harapkan. Namun demikian beberapa tombol ketik mungkin perlu dipahami fungsinya. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Tab \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature symbol "Tab" description "Tombol ketik Tabulator" \end_inset \family default LyC tidak memfungsikan tombol ini sebagai hentian tab. Apabila anda belum memahaminya anda silahkan sekarang membaca terlebih dahulu subbab \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Par-indent-intro" \end_inset dan \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments" \end_inset , juga subbab \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Lists" \end_inset . Ya, sekarang juga. Apabila anda masih merasa belum mengerti juga, mungkin anda perlu membaca dan mengikuti \emph on Tutorial \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Esc \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature symbol "Esc" description "Tombol ketik Escape" \end_inset \family default Tombol ini digunakan sebagai \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset tombol pembatalan. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset Secara umum tombol ini memang digunakan untuk membatalkan penyuntingan. Buku petunjuk ini juga akan membahas lebih terperinci tentang pemanfaatannya. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Home \family default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset dan \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family sans End \family default Tombol \family sans Home \family default akan memindahkan kursor ke bagian awal dari baris dan tombol \family sans End \family default memindah kursor ke bagian akhir baris. Jika anda menggunakan peta Emacs, \family sans Home \family default memindah ke bagian awal berkas sementara \family sans End \family default memindah kursor ke bagian akhir berkas. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Ada tiga tombol ketik pengubah: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Control \family default (Diseluruh buku petunjuk Disingkat dengan \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Ctrl \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature symbol "Ctrl" description "Tombol ketik Control" \end_inset ) Tombol ini mempunyai beberapa fungsi, tergantung dengan tombol ketik lain yang dikombinasikan: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Dengan \family sans Backspace \family default atau \family sans Delete \family default , akan menghapus seluruh kata bukan hanya satu karakter. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Dengan \family sans Left \family default atau \family sans Right \family default , akan menggerakkan kursor satu kata kekiri atau kekanan. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Dengan \family sans Home \family default atau \family sans End \family default , akan memindah kursor ke bagian awal dokumen atau ke bagian akhir dokumen. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Shift \family default (Dalam buku petunjuk disebut dengan \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Shift \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature symbol "Shift" description "Tombol ketik Shift" \end_inset ) Tombol ini digunakan untuk menandai teks dengan tombol panah, dimulai dari posisi awal ke sampai berhenti menggerakkan. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Alt \family default (Dalam buku petunjuk disebut dengan \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Alt \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature symbol "Alt" description "Tombol ketik Alt atau tombol ketik Meta" \end_inset ) Sebagian besar papan ketik mempunyai tombol Alt, hanya beberapa papan ketik yang menggunakan tombol Meta. Jika anda memiliki keduanya, anda harus mencoba untuk memastikan tombol yang benar-benar aktif sebagai \family sans Alt+ \family default fungsi. Tombol ini memiliki berbagai kegunaan selain berfungsi sebagai tombol \emph on pemercepat menu \emph default . Apabila anda menggunakan dengan kombinasi huruf dibawah menu, berarti and memilih menu tersebut. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard Misalnya, urutan menekan tombol \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Alt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset u \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family default c \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset p \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset akan membawa anda ke dialog \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Corak dan Gaya Teks \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Menekan tombol \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Alt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family default e \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset akan membuka menu \family sans Berkas \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Buku petunjuk \emph on Pintasan \emph default memberikan daftar berbagai kombinasi perintah yang dinyatakan dengan tombol ketik \family sans Alt \family default . \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard Anda akan banyak menemukan berbagai gabungan tombol ketik serta pintasan yang digunakan di LyX, karena setiap perintah gabungan akan menampilkan aksi yang anda lakukan serta pilihan gabungan tombol ketik lain yang bisa anda pilih di jendela status bawah. Notasi gabungan tombol ketik yang muncul akan mirip dengan yang digunakan di buku petunjuk, sehingga tidak membingungkan anda. Namun demikian untuk tombol Shift akan dinyatakan secara eksplisit, sehingga \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Alt+P Shift-A \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset berarti \family sans Alt+P \family default diikuti dengan menulis huruf besar \family sans A \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Anda bisa melihat berbagai perintah gabungan melalui menu \family sans AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preferensi \family default kemudian dari \family sans Penyuntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator Cara \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pintas \family default seperti dijelaskan di subbab \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter LyX Dasar \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LyX ! Dasar \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Tipe Dokumen \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Dokumen ! Tipe \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Pendahuluan \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you need to decide what type of document you want to edit. Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings, numbering schemes, and so on. Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments, and format the title of your document differently. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A \emph on document class \emph default describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents. By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties, making it easier to create the type of document you want. If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default. So it is up to you to change the class of your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and how to adjust their properties. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Document Classes \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Classes \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Document-Classes" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can select a class using the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document Class \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset dialog. Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options you may need. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are four standard document classes in LyX. They are: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Article for basic articles \end_layout \begin_layout Description Report for basic reports \end_layout \begin_layout Description Book for writing a book \end_layout \begin_layout Description Letter for US-style letters \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions will include many of these. Here are some of the classes. The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter \emph on Special Document Classes \emph default in the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual: \end_layout \begin_layout Description A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics \end_layout \begin_layout Description ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry Society \end_layout \begin_layout Description AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical Union \end_layout \begin_layout Description AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American Mathematical Society (AMS). There are three article layouts available. The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that prepends the section number to the number of the result. All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence. The \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset sequential numbering \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers them throughout the article in a single sequence. Each type of result gets its own sequence. There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Beamer Layout for presentations \end_layout \begin_layout Description Broadway Layout for writing plays. It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed with LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Chess Layout to write about chess games \end_layout \begin_layout Description Curriculum \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset vitae classes to create curriculum vitae \end_layout \begin_layout Description Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group \end_layout \begin_layout Description Foils Used to make transparencies \end_layout \begin_layout Description Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry. It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed with LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Description IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) \end_layout \begin_layout Description IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group \end_layout \begin_layout Description Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group \end_layout \begin_layout Description KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc. (Is used by this document.) \end_layout \begin_layout Description Memoir another replacement for the standard classes \end_layout \begin_layout Description Powerdot Layout for presentations \end_layout \begin_layout Description REVTe \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society of America (OSA). This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Slides Used to make transparencies \end_layout \begin_layout Description SPIE \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society for Optical Engineering (SPIE) \end_layout \begin_layout Description Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group \end_layout \begin_layout Standard We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes here. You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual. Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all of the document classes. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Availability \end_layout \begin_layout Standard New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes listed under \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document Class \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset \family default are marked as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Unavailable \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Or they are surprised that, when they open e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset the \family sans iop-article \family default template, they receive a warning saying that the document requires files that are not installed to produce output. So it seems that something is wrong. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard But nothing is wrong. LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use, and some of them, like \family sans IOP \family default , are highly specialized.LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing number. No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed by some document class. There are just too many of them. That is why some of the document classes are unavailable. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as `Unavailabl e', you need to install the appropriate package files. The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that document class for a new file. LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files. See section \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Installing new LaTeX files \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual for information on how to install them. \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it does not include support for every document class people might want to use. For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for dissertations submitted to those universities. The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these. There are too many. Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have done so. Chapter \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 5 of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual contains information on how to create layout files. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Modules \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Modules" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Modules \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the chosen document class. For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document. This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond ing module in the \family sans Modules \family default section of the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset dialog. Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the module. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default. LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package. You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package. If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting \family sans Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Reconfigure \family default . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Reconfiguration of LyX \end_layout \end_inset See section \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Installing new LaTeX files \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual for more information on installing needed packages. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible. LyX will advise you about these things. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Local Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Local-Layout" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Local Layout \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose. Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that one time. You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble. What you want is LyX's \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Local Layout \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . See section \emph on Local Layout \emph default of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual for information on how to use it. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Properties \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Each class has a default set of options. Here's a quick table describing them: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Page style \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Sides \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Columns \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Max. sectioning level \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none article \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Plain \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none One \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none One \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Section \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none report \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Plain \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none One \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none One \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Chapter \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none book \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Headings \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Two \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none One \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Chapter \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none letter \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Plain \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none One \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none One \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none none \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You're probably also wondering what \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Max. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset sectioning level \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset means. There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings. Different document classes allow different types of section headings. Only two use the \family sans Chapter \family default heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the \family sans Section \family default heading. Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section headings. In addition to \family sans Chapter \family default and \family sans Section \family default headings, there are also \family sans Subsection \family default headings, \family sans Subsubsection \family default headings, and so on. We'll describe these headings fully in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Headings" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Document Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Document-Layout" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Layout \end_layout \end_inset \family sans \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default . There in the \family sans Options \family default field under \family sans Documents \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Class \family default , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated list. This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want to use for your document. To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have to read its manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The drop box \family sans Headings style \family default in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default dialog under \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page. You can choose between the following five options: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Default \family default Use default page style of current class. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Empty \family default No page numbers or headings. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Plain \family default Page numbers only. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Headings \family default Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number. Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on the maximum sectioning level of the class. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Fancy \family default This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you have the LaTeX-package \series bold fancyhdr \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr \end_layout \end_inset installed. How they are defined is explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The separation of paragraphs is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Paper Size and Orientation \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Paper size \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You'll find the following options in the menu \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default of the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default dialog \family sans : \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Paper \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Format \family default What size paper to print on. The choices are \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Default \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans A3, A4, \family default \family sans A5 \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans B3, B4, B5 \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans US letter \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans US legal \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans US executive \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Custom \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Orientation \family default To choose whether to output as \family sans Landscape \family default or as \family sans Portrait \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Two-sided \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset document \family default Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper. That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Margins \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Margins" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Margins \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Margins \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Paper margins are set in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings. Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking the paper format and the font size into account. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Important Note \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you change a document class, LyX has to convert \emph on everything \emph default into the new class. That includes the paragraph environments. Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments. If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset unknown \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to the old class. But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Paragraph Indentation and Separation \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Paragraph ! Indentation \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Par-indent-intro" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to say a word or two about paragraph indentation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs. Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph. Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs. If you choose indentation for paragraphs the \emph on first \emph default paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list, etc., is \emph on not \emph default indented. Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented. Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document language than English. LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded into LyX. As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what. LyX takes care of that. In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a range. That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom of a page, and so on. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file. \end_layout \end_inset However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them. LyX gives you the ability to globally change \emph on all \emph default of these pre-coded spacings. We'll explain more later. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Paragraph Separation \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Paragraph-Separation" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Paragraph ! Separation \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To separate paragraphs, select \family sans Indent \family default or \family sans Skip \family default in the submenu \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default of the dialog \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively. The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation you have to add this line to your document preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash setlength{ \backslash parindent}{Length} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cap:Units" \end_inset . The default length is 30 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Fine-Tuning \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph. Open the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paragraph \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \family default dialog and toggle the \family sans Indent \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Paragraph \family default option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle" \end_inset ). If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling this). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph if you need to do some fine-tuning. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Line Spacing \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Paragraph ! Line spacing \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \noun on \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset \family default \noun default dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout You need to have the LaTeX-package \series bold setspace \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! setspace \end_layout \end_inset installed to use this feature. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Paragraph Environments \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Paragraph-Environments" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Paragraph ! Environments \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Paragraph environments|( \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Paragraph environments correspond to the \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash begin{ \emph on environment \emph default } ... \backslash end{ \emph on environment \emph default } \series default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset command sequence in LaTeX files. If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally alien to you, we urge you to read the \emph on Tutorial \emph default . The \emph on Tutorial \emph default also contains many more examples than this section does. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A paragraph environment is simply a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset container \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties. This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering scheme, labels, and so on. Additionally, you can \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset nest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment to inherit some of the properties of another. The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the days of typewriters. There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular document type. We'll only be covering the most common ones here. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png scale 70 clip \end_inset at the left end of the toolbar. LyX will change the environment of the \emph on entire \emph default paragraph in which the cursor sits. You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if you select them before choosing the new environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that hitting \family sans Return \family default will \emph on typically \emph default create a new paragraph using the \family sans Standard \family default paragraph environment. We say \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset typically \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset because if you are in one of these environments: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Quote \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Quotation \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Verse \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Itemize \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Enumerate \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Description \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans List \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit \family sans Return \family default , rather than resetting it to \family sans Standard \family default . LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however. Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" \end_inset ). At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting \family sans Return \family default to reset the paragraph environment and depth. If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth, use \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset instead. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Standard \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The default paragraph environment is \family sans Standard \family default for most classes. It creates a plain paragraph. If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses. In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in this manual) are in the \family sans Standard \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can nest a paragraph using the \family sans Standard \family default environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything in a \family sans Standard \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Document Title \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Title \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the author(s) and a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset footnote \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset for thanks or contact information. For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate page along with today's date. For other types of documents, the title \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset page \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset goes at the top of the first page of the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph environments \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , and \family sans Date \family default . Here's how you use them: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Put the title of your document in the \family sans Title \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Put the author name in the \family sans Author \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date, or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in the \family sans Date \family default environment. Note that using this environment is optional. If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date. If you don't want any date, add the line \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold \backslash date{} \series default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset to the preamble of your document (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can use footnotes to insert \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset thanks \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or contact information. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Headings \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Section headings \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Headings" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings. LyX takes care of the numbering for you. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Numbered Headings \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Section headings ! Numbered \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are 7 numbered types of section headings. They are: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family sans Part \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family sans Chapter \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family sans Section \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family sans Subsection \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family sans Subsubsection \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family sans Paragraph \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family sans Subparagraph \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods. The numbers describe where in the document you are. Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text. For example, suppose you're writing a book. You group the book into chapters. LyX does similar grouping: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Part \family default is divided in either \family sans Chapter \family default s or \family sans Section \family default s \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Chapter \family default s are divided into \family sans Section \family default s \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Section \family default s are divided into \family sans Subsection \family default s \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subsection \family default s are divided into \family sans Subsubsection \family default s \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subsubsection \family default s are divided into \family sans Paragraph \family default s \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Paragraph \family default s are divided into \family sans Subparagraph \family default s \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default Not all document types use the \family sans Chapter \family default heading as the maximum sectioning level. In that case the \family sans Section \family default is the top-level heading. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard So, if you use the \family sans Subsubsection \family default environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number, along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter that it's in. For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset 2.5 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Unnumbered Headings \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Section headings ! Unnumbered \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The unnumbered section headings have a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset * \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset at the end of their name. They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in the table of contents, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:toc" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Changing the Numbering \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Numbering-depth" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear in the Table of Contents. Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document class. Certain classes start with \family sans Chapter \family default and go down to the \family sans Subparagraph \family default level. Others start at \family sans Section \family default . Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels. Most don't number \family sans Paragraph \family default or \family sans Subparagraph \family default . This is something you can change. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Open the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default dialog. \family sans \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset \family default Under \family sans Numbering \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset & \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset TOC \family default you'll see two counters. The one named \family sans Numbering \family default controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section heading. The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table of contents. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Short Titles of Headings \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Section headings ! Short titles \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Argument status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Short Titles \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Short-Titles" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long. This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space. For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings. This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents, avoiding the problem mentioned. To specify a short title, use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Short \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Title \family default . This will insert a box labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset opt \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (stands for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset optional \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) which you can use to enter the short title text. This also works for captions inside floats. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The title of this section is a good example of using this feature. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Special Information \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following information applies to all section headings: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize You cannot do any nesting with these environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize You can only use inline math in these environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Quotes and Poetry line spacing \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations. They are \family sans Quote \family default , \family sans Quotation \family default , and \family sans Verse \family default . Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins. These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in. They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below the text they contain. They also allow nesting, so you can put a \family sans Verse \family default in a \family sans Quotation \family default , as well as in some other paragraph environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do \emph on not \emph default reset to \family sans Standard \family default when you start a new paragraph. So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit \family sans Return \family default without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you. Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have to change back to the \family sans Standard \family default environment yourself. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Quote \family default and \family sans Quotation \family default \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Quote" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Quotation \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's time for the differences. \family sans Quote \family default and \family sans Quotation \family default are identical except for one difference: \family sans Quote \family default uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line. \family sans Quotation \family default \emph on always \emph default indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here's an example of the \family sans Quote \family default environment: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote This is in the \family sans Quote \family default environment. I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it wraps. See – no indentation! \end_layout \begin_layout Quote Here's the second paragraph of this quote. Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and the other paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here's another example, this time in the \family sans Quotation \family default environment: \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation This is in the \family sans Quotation \family default environment. If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation. If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting the first line, then \family sans Quotation \family default is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it \emph on if \emph default you were quoting other text. \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation Here's a new paragraph. I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time. If I did that, though, you'd get bored. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As the examples show, \family sans Quote \family default is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs. They should put quotes in the \family sans Quote \family default environment. Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the \family sans Quotation \family default paragraph environment for quoted text. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Verse \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Paragraph ! Verse \end_layout \end_inset \family sans \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Poetry \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Verse" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Verse \family default is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on. Here's an example: \end_layout \begin_layout Verse This is in Verse \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Which I did not rehearse! \end_layout \begin_layout Verse It could be much worse. This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps around. It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are indented a bit more than the first. Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore. So sue me. \end_layout \begin_layout Verse To break a line \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset And make things look fine \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Use \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As you can see, \family sans Verse \family default does not indent both margins. Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph. To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the \family typewriter break-line \family default function \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Lists \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Lists \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Lists" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds of lists. In the \family sans Itemize \family default and \family sans Enumerate \family default environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively. In the \family sans Description \family default and \family sans List \family default environments, LyX lets you provide your own label. We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing some general features of all four of them. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection General Features \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments in several ways. First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item. Hitting \family sans Return \family default does \emph on not \emph default reset the environment to \family sans Standard \family default but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item. The nesting depth is hereby kept. If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting depth, you can use \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset to break paragraphs. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can nest lists of any type inside one another. In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it is nested. If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest you read all of section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Itemize \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Lists ! Itemize \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Itemize" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the \family sans Itemize \family default paragraph environment. It has the following properties: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize The items can have any length. LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item. The offset is always relative to whatever environment the \family sans Itemize \family default list may be in. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize If you nest an \family sans Itemize \family default environment inside another \family sans Itemize \family default environment, the label changes to a new symbol. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize LyX always shows the same symbol on screen. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize See section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" \end_inset for a full explanation of nesting. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard Of course, that explanation was also an example of an \family sans Itemize \family default list. The \family sans Itemize \family default environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard We said that different levels use different symbols as their label. Here's an example of all four possible symbols. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The label for the first level \family sans Itemize \family default is a large black dot, or bullet. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize The label for the second level is a dash. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize The label for the third is an asterisk. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize The label for the fourth is a centered dot. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Back out to the third level. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Back to the second level. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Back to the outermost level. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These are the default labels for an \family sans Itemize \family default list. You can customize these labels in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default dialog in the submenu \family sans Bullets \family default . \family sans \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth. We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Enumerate \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Lists ! Enumerate \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Enumerate" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Enumerate \family default environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines. It has these properties: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Each item has a numeral as its label. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate The label type depends on the nesting depth. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Each new \family sans Enumerate \family default environment resets the counter to one. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Like the \family sans Itemize \family default environment, the \family sans Enumerate \family default environment: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Offsets the items relative to the left margin. Items can have any length. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Allows up to a four-fold nesting. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard Unlike the \family sans Itemize \family default environment, \family sans Enumerate \family default shows the different labels for each item in LyX. Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an \family sans Enumerate \family default : \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate The first level of an \family sans Enumerate \family default uses Arabic numerals followed by a period. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth increases. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Back to the third level \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Back to the second level. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Back to the outermost level. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the \family sans Enumerate \family default environment. It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual). As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version, not in LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is more to nesting \family sans Enumerate \family default environments than we've stated here. You should read section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" \end_inset to learn more about nesting. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Description \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Lists ! Description \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Unlike the previous two environments, the \family sans Description \family default list has no fixed label. Instead, LyX uses the first \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset word \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of the first line as the label. Here's an example: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Example: This is an example of the \family sans Description \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the rest of the line. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With the first \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset word \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset it is meant that the first hit of the \family sans Space \family default key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an item. If you need to use more than one word in the label use a \family sans Protected Blank \family default . (Use either \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "space-insert protected" \end_inset or the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Protected \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default , see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Protected-Space" \end_inset for more info.) Here is an example: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Second \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Example: This one shows how to use a \family sans Protected \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Blank \family default in the label of a \family sans Description \family default list item. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Usage: You should use the \family sans Description \family default environment for things like definitions and theorems. Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text that describes it. It's not a good idea to use a \family sans Description \family default environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe. You're better off using \family sans Itemize \family default or \family sans Enumerate \family default and nesting several \family sans Standard \family default paragraphs into them. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Nesting: You can nest \family sans Description \family default environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting them from the first line. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection The LyX \family sans List \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Lists ! LyX list \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans List \family default environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document, the \family sans List \family default environment is named \family sans Labeling \family default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Like the \family sans Description \family default environment the \family sans List \family default environment has user-defined labels for each list item. There are the following properties of this list environment: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 item \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset labels LyX uses the first \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset word \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of each line as the item label. The first \family sans Space \family default after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label. If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected blank as described above. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and the body of the item text. The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default label width plus a little extra space. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 label \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is larger. If the label width is larger, the label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset extends \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset into the first line. In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left margin of the rest of the item text. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all items in a \family sans List \family default environment have the same left margin. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset To change the default width, select all items in the list. Now open the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paragraph \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \family default dialog. The text in the box \family sans Longest \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset label \family default determines the default label width. You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the letter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset multiple times instead. The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX. By using \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of \family sans Longest \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset label \family default every time you alter a label in a \family sans List \family default environment. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The predefined default width is the length of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset 00.00.0000 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (equal to 6 M). \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will only change the width inside LyX but not in the output. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You should use the \family sans List \family default environment the same way like the \family sans Description \family default list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes it. The \family sans List \family default environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall layout. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can nest \family sans List \family default environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on. They work just like the other list paragraph environments. Read section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" \end_inset to learn about nesting. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is yet another feature of the \family sans List \family default environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default. You can use additional \family sans HFills \family default to change how LyX justifies the item label. \family sans Hfills \family default are documented in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Horizontal-Space" \end_inset . Here are some examples: \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Left The default for \family sans List \family default item labels. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset Right One \family sans HFill \family default at the beginning of the label right justifies it. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset Center \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset One \family sans HFill \family default at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Customized Lists \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Lists ! Customized \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To use the features described in this section, you must load the module \family sans Customisable Lists (enumitem) \family default in the document settings. This loads the features of the LaTeX-package \series bold enumitem \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! enumitem \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Custom Enumerate Lists \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional argument (menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Short Title \family default ) to the first item of each level in the list. There you add the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold label= \backslash roman{enumi} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard in TeX Code (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "ert-insert" \end_inset ). \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For more about TeX Code, look at section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:TeX-Code" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \emph on enumi \emph default is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level. The command \series bold \backslash roman \series default outputs the counter as small Roman numeral. For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above \series bold \backslash roman \series default by \series bold \backslash Roman \series default . For Arabic numerals use \series bold \backslash arabic \series default . To \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset number \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset items with capital or small Latin letters use \series bold \backslash Alph \series default or \series bold \backslash alph \series default , respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default You can only number 26 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As example a list with custom numbering: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Argument status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout label= \backslash # \backslash Alph{enumi} \backslash # \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset Level 1 \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Argument status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout label= \backslash Alph{enumi}. \backslash arabic{enumii} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset Level 2 \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Level 2 \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Argument status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout label= \backslash bf{ \backslash arabic{enumiii}} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset Level 3 \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Argument status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout label= \backslash emph{ \backslash roman{enumiv})} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset Level 4 \end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard For this list these commands were used: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \series bold label= \backslash # \backslash Alph{enumi} \backslash # \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset label= \backslash Alph{enumi}. \backslash arabic{enumii} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset label= \backslash bf{ \backslash arabic{enumiii}} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset label= \backslash emph{ \backslash roman{enumiv})} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard where the command \series bold \backslash emph{} \series default makes the label emphasized and \series bold \backslash bf{} \series default makes it bold. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following lists until you change the definition. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Resumed Enumeration \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Argument status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout label= \backslash arabic{enumi}. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset first \begin_inset Note Note status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english goes back to default numbering \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate second \end_layout \begin_layout Standard regular text \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume resumed \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To resume an enumeration, use the style \family sans Enumerate-Resume \family default . Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the next one. Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number. This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item of a normal new enumeration. There insert the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold start=number \end_layout \begin_layout Standard where \emph on number \emph default is the number with which you want to resume the list. An example: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate first item \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate second item \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Enumeration starting at a given value: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Argument status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout start=4 \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset This enumeration starts at 4 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection List Spacing \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Lists ! Spacing \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items of a list. For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize A bullet list \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize with standard spacing \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item of the list. There add the command \series bold nolistsep \series default to get no additional list space like in this example: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Argument status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout nolistsep \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset A bullet list \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize without additional \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize vertical space \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package \series bold enumitem \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! enumitem \end_layout \end_inset . For more info see its documentation, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "enumitem" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing and indentation. Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm so that the number is in the page margin: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Argument status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout labelindent= \backslash parindent, labelsep=2cm \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset An enumeration \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate with negative indentation \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Further Customization \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Lists ! Description \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also change the style of description lists. The command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold font=definition \end_layout \begin_layout Standard changes the description label font, the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold style=definition \end_layout \begin_layout Standard sets the list style. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard An example where the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold font= \backslash itshape, style=nextline \end_layout \begin_layout Standard is used: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Ionizing \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset radiation: \begin_inset Argument status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font= \backslash itshape, style=nextline \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore ionizing them. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Reference \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an object, block of memory, disk space or other resource. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package \series bold enumitem \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english LaTeX-packages ! enumitem \end_layout \end_inset . For more info see its documentation, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "enumitem" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Letters \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Letters \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default : An Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph environments called \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default . To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document. In contrast, you can use the \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default paragraph environments anywhere with no problem. You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest anything in them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Of course, you're not limited to using \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default for letters only. \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in some European academic papers. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Usage \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Address-Usage" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Address \family default environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used for the opening and signature in some countries. Similarly, the \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries. Here's an example of each: \end_layout \begin_layout Right Address Right Address \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Who I am \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Where I am \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset When is it? What is today? \end_layout \begin_layout Standard That was \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default . Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to fit the largest block of text on a single line. Here's an example of the \family sans Address \family default environment: \end_layout \begin_layout Address Who are you \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Where do I send this \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Your post office and country \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As you can see, both \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph. If you hit \family sans Return \family default in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets the environment to \family sans Standard \family default . This makes sense, since \family sans Return \family default is the \family typewriter paragraph-break \family default function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs. Thus, you have to use \family typewriter break-line \family default ( \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset or \family sans Formatting \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator Line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break \family default from the \family sans Insert \family default menu) to start a new line in an \family sans Address \family default or \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Academic Writing \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography or list of references. LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Abstract \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Abstracts \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Abstract \family default environment is used for the abstract of an article. Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title. Also, don't bother trying to nest \family sans Abstract \family default in anything else or vice versa. It won't work. The \family sans Abstract \family default environment is only useful in the article and report document classes. The book document classes ignores the \family sans Abstract \family default completely, and it's utterly silly to use \family sans Abstract \family default in a letter document class. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Abstract \family default environment does several things for you. First, it puts the centered label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Abstract \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset above the text. The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical space. Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect. Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and the subsequent text. Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen. The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Starting a new paragraph by hitting \family sans Return \family default does not reset the paragraph environment. The new paragraph will still be in the \family sans Abstract \family default environment. So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you finish entering the abstract of your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float figure wide false sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/Abstract.pdf \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "cap:Paragraph-in-the" \end_inset Paragraph in the \family sans Abstract \family default environment \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard We'd love to give you directly an example of the \family sans Abstract \family default environment, but since this document is in the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset book \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset class, we can't do this. We inserted it therefore as figure \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the" \end_inset . If you've never heard of an \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset abstract \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset before, you can safely ignore this environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Bibliography \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Bibliography \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Biblio_environment" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Bibliography \family default environment is used to list references. Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should only use it at the end of the document. Nesting \family sans Bibliography \family default in anything else or vice versa won't work. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you first open a \family sans Bibliography \family default environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Bibliography \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset References, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset depending on the document class. The heading is in a large boldface font. Each paragraph of the \family sans Bibliography \family default environment is a bibliography entry. Thus, hitting \family sans Return \family default does not reset the paragraph environment. Each new paragraph is still in the \family sans Bibliography \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is another, usually better way to include references in your document by using a BibTeX database. For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra phy handling, have a look at in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection LyX \family sans -Code \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Paragraph ! LyX code \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:LyX-Code" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans LyX-Code \family default environment is another LyX extension. It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font. It also treats the \family sans Space \family default key as a fixed whitespace; \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout In the \family sans LyX-Code \family default environment, the \family sans Space \family default key is treated as a \family sans Protected \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Blank \family default instead of an end-of-word marker. \end_layout \end_inset this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX. If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset (the \family typewriter break-line \family default function). \family sans Return \family default breaks paragraphs. Note, however, that \family sans Return \family default does not reset the paragraph environment. So, when you finish using the \family sans LyX-Code \family default environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself. Also, you can nest the \family sans LyX-Code \family default environment inside of others. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are a few quirks with this environment: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize You can't use \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset at the beginning of a new paragraph (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset you can't follow \family sans Return \family default with a \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize You can't follow a \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset with a \family sans Space \family default . \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Use a \family sans Return \family default to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a \family sans Space \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Or: use \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "space-insert protected" \end_inset instead. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line. You must put at least one \family sans Space \family default in any line you want blank. Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing \family sans " \family default since that will insert \emph on real \emph default quotes. You get the typewriter double quotes with \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "self-insert \"" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here's an example: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code #include \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code int main(void) \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code { \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code printf("Hello World! \backslash n"); \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code return 0; \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code } \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This is just the standard \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Hello world! \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset program. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans LyX-Code \family default has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts, rc-files, and so on. Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text as if you used a typewriter. \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Paragraph environments|) \end_layout \end_inset For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described in the chapter \emph on Program Code Listings \emph default of the \emph on Embedded Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Nesting Environments \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Nesting ! Environments \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Nesting" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific properties. This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of another block. For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also has two subpoints. In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner list \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset attached \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to item #2: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate one \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate two \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate sublist – item #1 \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate sublist – item #2 \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate three \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other. Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select \family sans Increase \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset List \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Depth \family default or \family sans Decrease \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset List \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Depth \family default from the \family sans Edit \family default menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar will tell you how far you are nested). Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/depth-increment.png \end_inset and \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png \end_inset or the convenient key bindings \family sans Tab \family default and \family sans Shift-Tab \family default or \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset and \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset to change the nesting level. The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can. If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth. Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the depth of every paragraph nested inside of it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Nesting isn't limited to lists. In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're about to find out. This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection What You Can and Can't Nest \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell you a little bit more about how nesting works. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no. There are three types of paragraph environments: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Completely unnestable \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other things inside them. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest anything into them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph environments have them: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Unnestable Can't nest them. Can't nest into them. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Bibliography \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Abstract \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Title \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Author \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Date \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Description Fully \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Nestable You can nest them. You can nest other things into them. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Verse \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Quote \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Quotation \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Itemize \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Enumerate \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Description \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans List \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans LyX-Code \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Description Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things. You can't nest anything into them. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Standard \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Part \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Chapter \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Section \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subsection \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subsubsection \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Paragraph \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subparagraph \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Part* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Chapter* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Section* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subsection* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subsubsection* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Address \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like \family sans Chapter \family default , \family sans Section \family default , etc. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested section headings violate this. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Nesting ! Tables etc. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are affected by nesting anyhow. They are: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize equations \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize tables \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize figures \end_layout \begin_layout Standard ( \begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default Figures and tables in \family sans Floats \family default are not affected by this. \end_layout \end_inset Have a look at section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Floats" \end_inset for more information about \family sans Floats \family default .) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph. If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph it is in goes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset paragraph \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of its own, it behaves just like a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset nestable-inside \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset paragraph environment. You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything into it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here's an example with a table: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Item One \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate This is (a) and it's nested. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none a \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none b \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none c \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none d \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate This is (b). The table is actually nested inside (a). \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Back out again. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Item One \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate This is (a) and it's nested. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none a \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none b \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none c \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none d \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate This is (b). The table is \emph on not \emph default nested inside (a). In fact, it's not nested at all. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Back out again. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first item of a new list! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going deep enough. LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Item One \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate This is (a) and it's nested. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none a \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none b \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none c \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none d \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate This is (b). The table is actually nested inside Item One, but \emph on not \emph default inside (a). \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Back out again. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a new list \emph on inside \emph default item 1. The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation. So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right depth! \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Usage and General Features \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting. In other words, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset level #6 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is the innermost possible depth. Here's an example to illustrate what we mean: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate level #1 – outermost \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate level #2 \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate level #3 \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate level #4 \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize level #5 \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize level #6 \end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see both of them in the example. Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold nesting with the \family sans Enumerate \family default and \family sans Itemize \family default environments. For example, if we tried to nest another \family sans Enumerate \family default list inside item \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset A. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , we would get errors. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Some Examples \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Nesting ! Examples \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration. We have several examples of nested environments. In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce them. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #1-a This is the outermost level. It's a \family sans List \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #2-a This is level #2. We created it by using \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset followed by \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #3-a This is level #3. This time, we just hit \family sans Return \family default , then used \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset twice in a row. We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level, by hitting \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset followed by \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard This is actually a \family sans Standard \family default environment, nested inside of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset #3-a \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . So, it's at level #4. We did this by hitting \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset , then \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset , then changing the paragraph environment to \family sans Standard \family default . Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works for the \family sans Description \family default , \family sans Enumerate \family default , and \family sans Itemize \family default environments! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here's another \family sans Standard \family default paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #4-a This is level #4. We hit \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset and changed the paragraph environment back to \family sans List \family default . Remember — we can't nest anything inside a \family sans Standard \family default environment, which is why we're still at level #4. However, we \emph on can \emph default keep nesting things inside \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset #3-a \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{} \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{} and this is level #6. By now, you should know how we made these two. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #5-b Back to level #5. Just hit \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset followed by a \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #4-b After another \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset followed by a \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset , we're back at level #4. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #3-b Back to level #3. By now it should be obvious how we did this. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #2-b Back to level #2. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1. After this sentence, we'll hit \family sans Return \family default and change the paragraph environment back to \family sans Standard \family default to end the list. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard We could have also used the \family sans Description \family default , \family sans Quote \family default , \family sans Quotation \family default , or even the \family sans Verse \family default environment in place of the \family sans List \family default environment. The example would have worked exactly the same. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Example 2: Inheritance \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code level. Now we'll hit \family sans Return \family default , then \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset , after which, we'll change to the \family sans Enumerate \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate This is the \family sans Enumerate \family default environment, at level #2. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Notice how the nested \family sans Enumerate \family default not only inherits its margins from its parent environment ( \family sans LyX-Code \family default ), but also inherits its font and spacing! \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard We ended this example by hitting \family sans Return \family default . After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to \family sans Standard \family default and reset the nesting depth by using \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset once. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the \family sans Enumerate \family default and \family sans Itemize \family default Environments \begin_inset Argument status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate This is level #1, in an \family sans Enumerate \family default paragraph environment. We're actually going to nest a bunch of these. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate This is level #2. We used \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset followed by \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset . Now, what happens if we nest an \family sans Itemize \family default environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its label be? An asterisk? \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize No! It's a bullet. This is the \emph on first \emph default \family sans Itemize \family default environment, even though it's at level #3. So, its label is a bullet. (We got here by using \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset , then \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset , then changing the environment to \family sans Itemize \family default .) \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Here's level #4, produced using \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset , then \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset . We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{} \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \SpecialChar \ldots{} to get to level #5. This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to \family sans Enumerate \family default . Notice the type of numbering, it is \emph on lowercase Roman \emph default , because we are in the \emph on thirdfold \emph default \family sans Enumerate \family default environment (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. it is an \family sans Enumerate \family default inside an \family sans Enumerate \family default inside an \family sans Enumerate \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate What happens if we \emph on don't \emph default change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What type of numbering does LyX use? \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Let's use \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset to decrease the depth after the next \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate This is level #4. Look what type of label LyX is using! \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate This is level #3. Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman numeral as the label.Why? \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is \emph on still \emph default a thirdfold \family sans Enumerate \family default environment. Notice, however, that LyX \emph on did \emph default reset the counter for the label. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Another \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset sequence, and we're back to level #2. This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back into the twofold-nested \family sans Enumerate \family default environment. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate The same thing happens if we do another \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Lastly, we reset the environment to \family sans Standard \family default . As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling LyX uses for the \family sans Enumerate \family default and \family sans Itemize \family default environments. The number of other \family sans Enumerate \family default environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for an \family sans Enumerate \family default item. The same rule applies for the \family sans Itemize \family default environment, as well. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Example 4: Going Bonkers \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate We're going to go totally nuts now. We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the same detail with how we did it. (level #1: \family sans Enumerate \family default ) \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard ( \family sans Return, \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset \family sans , Standard \family default : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the example in parentheses someplace. For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth. The environment name is the name of the current environment. Either before or after this, we'll put in the level. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate ( \family sans Return, Enumerate \family default : level #1) This is the next item in the list. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Verse Now we'll add verse. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset It will get much worse. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset ( \family sans Return, \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset \family sans , Verse \family default : level #2) \end_layout \begin_layout Verse Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Bippitey boppitey boo! \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset ( \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \family sans ) \end_layout \begin_layout Verse Here comes a table: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none one-fish \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none two-fish \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none red-fish \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none blue-fish \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Verse ( \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \family sans , Table, \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset 3 times, \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \family sans , Verse, \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset ) \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate ( \family sans Return, Enumerate \family default : level #1) This is another item. Note that selecting a \family sans Table \family default resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth 3 times to put the table inside the \family sans Verse \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation We're now ending the \family sans Enumerate \family default list and changing to \family sans Quotation \family default . We're still at level #1. We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments. The next set of paragraphs is a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset quoted letter. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset We'll nest both the \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default environments inside of this one, then use another nested \family sans Quotation \family default for the letter body. We'll use \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset to preserve the depth. Remember that you need to use \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset to create multiple lines inside the \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default environments. Here it goes: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Right Address 1234 Nowhere Rd. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Moosegroin, MT 00100 \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset 9-6-96 \end_layout \begin_layout Address Dear Mr. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Fizlewitz: \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control. Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating a backlog in our orders for methane. We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order as soon as possible. In the meantime, we thank you for your patience. \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation We do, however, now have a special on beef. If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form with your order, along with payment. \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation We thank you again for your patience. \end_layout \begin_layout Address Sincerely, \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Bill Hick \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Quotation That ends that example! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with just a few keystrokes. We could have easily nested an \family sans Itemize \family default list inside of a \family sans Quotation \family default or \family sans Quote \family default , or put a \family sans Quote \family default inside of an \family sans Itemize \family default list. You have a huge variety of options at your disposal. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Spacing, pagination and line breaks \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spacing \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end of a line. The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are useful. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Protected Space \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Protected-Space" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spaces ! Protected \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the line at that point. This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote Further documentation is given in section \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset section \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . A protected space is set with \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Protected \bar under \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \bar default Space \family default (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "space-insert protected" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Horizontal Space \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Horizontal-Space" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spacing ! Horizontal \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Horizontal Space \family default . The length units are listed in Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cha:Units-available-in" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Inter-word Space \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Inter-word-Space" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spaces ! Inter-word \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some languages (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Abbreviations" \end_inset ). Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless. In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "space-insert normal" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Thin Space \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Thin-Space" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spaces ! Thin \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset thin space \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset protected \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance inside abbreviations: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote D. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset E. Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard or between values and units. Compare for example this: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset 10 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset kg (thin space) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset 10 kg (normal space \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can insert thin spaces also with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Thin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "space-insert thin" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection More Spaces \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:More-Spaces" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can furthermore insert the following space types: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Negative \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset thin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset space A line with a \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \negthinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset Negative thin space between the arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Enspace \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (0.5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) A line with a \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \enskip{} \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset Enspace (0.5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) space between the arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Quad \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) A line with a \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \quad{} \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset Quad \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) space between the arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Description QQuad \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) A line with a \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \qquad{} \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset QQuad \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) space between the arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Custom \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset space A line with \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \hspace{} \length 2cm \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset 2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm space between the arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Width-of-the" \end_inset lists the different space sizes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table wide false sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "tab:Width-of-the" \end_inset Width of the different horizontal spaces. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Space \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Width \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Normal \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 1/3 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Protected \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 1/3 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Thin \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 1/6 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Negative thin \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -1/6 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Enspace (0.5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 0.5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Quad (1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout QQuad (2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Horizontal Fills \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spacing ! Fills \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion. An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining space between the left and right margins. If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here a few examples what you can do with them: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote \noindent This is on the left side \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset This is on the right \end_layout \begin_layout Quote \noindent Left \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset Middle \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset Right \end_layout \begin_layout Quote \noindent Left \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset 1/3 Left \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset Right \end_layout \begin_layout Standard That was an example in the \family sans Quote \family default environment. Here \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset is one in a standard paragraph. It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it \emph on is \emph default sitting in-between the two arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the \family sans Fill \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Pattern \family default in the space dialog: The following patterns are available: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Dots: \begin_inset space \dotfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Rule: \begin_inset space \hrulefill{} \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Left arrow: \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Right arrow: \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Up brace: \begin_inset space \downbracefill{} \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Down brace: \begin_inset space \upbracefill{} \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and \emph on not \emph default in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it. This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line. If you need space in this case anyway, set the \family sans Protect \family default option in the space dialog. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Phantom Space \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Phantom-Space" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spacing ! Phantom \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase. E. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset you want to create the following multiple choice question: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset What is correct English?: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Mr. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Edge would have been jumps the gun. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Mr. Edge \end_layout \end_inset has to be jumped \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Mr. Edge \end_layout \end_inset jumps \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Mr. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Edge \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Phantom \family default . In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two lines and insert \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Mr. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Edge \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset into the phantom inset (note the space after \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Edge \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder). That is why it is named \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset phantom \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space, while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding dimension. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Vertical Space \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Vertical-Space" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spacing ! Vertical \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Vertical \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default dialog. There you find the following sizes: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans SmallSkip \family default , \family sans MedSkip \family default and \family sans BigSkip \family default are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document. \family sans DefSkip \family default is the skip adjusted in the dialog \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset for the paragraph separation. If you use indentation to separate paragraphs \family sans DefSkip \family default is equal to \family sans MedSkip \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans VFill \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spacing ! Fills \end_layout \end_inset is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page. An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill between them. Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal. \family sans VFill \family default s work like \family sans HFill \family default s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans HFill \family default s are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Horizontal-Space" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset If there are several \family sans VFill \family default s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves. You can therefore use \family sans VFill \family default s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Custom \family default are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cha:Units-available-in" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default \series medium When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option \family sans Protect \family default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Paragraph Alignment \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can change the paragraph alignment with the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paragraph Settings \family default dialog. There are five possibilities: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Justified \family default (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-params \\align block" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Left \family default ( \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-params \\align left" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Right \family default ( \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-params \\align right" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Center \family default ( \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-params \\align center" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Default \family default ( \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-params \\align default" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between the left and right margins. The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align right This paragraph is right aligned, \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center this one is centered, \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align left this one is left aligned. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Forced Page Breaks \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Page breaks ! Forced \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you can force a page break where you want one. Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking. Only if you use a lot of \family sans Floats \family default , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and until you have checked in the preview to see if you \emph on really \emph default have to change the page breaking. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special action. This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page \family default . The second type, that is inserted via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break \family default , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out the complete page. This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page on which only the last few lines are absent. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears at the top of a page. This is, of course, the wrong way to do it. LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table. See chapter \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes" \end_inset to learn more about \family sans Floats \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Clear Page Breaks \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Page breaks ! Clear \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them. That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind it, if necessary by adding pages. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can insert a clear page break with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Clear \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page \family default . When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Clear \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Double \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page \family default to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Forced Line Breaks \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Line breaks \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply breaks the line. You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ragged \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break \family default or with \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset . Another type that is inserted via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Justified \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break \family default breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between the page margins. This is necessary to avoid \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset fringes \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as LaTeX is very good at line breaking. There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively set a line break, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset in a poem or for an address (see sections \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Quote" \end_inset , \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Verse" \end_inset and \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Address-Usage" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Horizontal Lines \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Horizontal-Lines" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Horizontal lines \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \begin_inset CommandInset line LatexCommand rule offset "0.5ex" width "100line%" height "1pt" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In the dialog \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Horizontal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line \family default you can insert horizontal lines. The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline of the current text line or the paragraph. The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \begin_inset CommandInset line LatexCommand rule offset "0.5ex" width "100line%" height "1pt" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \end_layout \begin_layout Section Characters and Symbols \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard. You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset characters needed for French with an English keyboard. See section \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping" \end_inset for information on how this is done. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you can use the \family sans Symbols \family default dialog via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator Symbols \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences. But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Fonts and Text Styles \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Fonts-and-Text" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Font Types \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Font ! Types \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are two types of fonts: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Vector \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fonts \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Fonts ! Vector- \end_layout \end_inset are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. characters) in the font. This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are well suited for scaling to any requested size. This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph. This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes. Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them. But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes. That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font sizes than at small ones. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The font types \family typewriter TrueType \family default , \family typewriter OpenType \family default , and \family typewriter Type \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1 \family default are vector fonts. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Bitmap \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fonts \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Fonts ! Bitmap- \end_layout \end_inset on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they will look good at all the sizes they are meant for. However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each pixel is enlarged into several pixels. It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a picture manipulation program. In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful. The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable fonts. The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Bitmap fonts are named \family typewriter Type \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 3 \family default in PostScript- and PDF-documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes. So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts. That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs use scalable fonts. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into its document properties. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font. For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current font to emphasize text, you use an \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset emphasized style \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset instead. This concept fits in perfectly with LyX. In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting details. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection LaTeX font support \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:LaTeX-font-support" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts. That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX distribution. The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts, which have to be provided by additional files and packages. The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared to usual word processors. On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable across different machines. Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial fonts. In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Document-Font" \end_inset for details). However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired font). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX. Both engines are now supported by LyX. By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font that is installed on your system. The next section describes how to use these OS fonts. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci es; so you might have to experiment. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Document Font and Font size \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Document-Font" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Font ! Size \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Font \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can set the document fonts in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset dialog. There you can specify which font should be used for the three different font shapes roman (serif), \family sans sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif \family default , and \family typewriter typewriter \family default and its scalings. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The possible options for the font include \family sans default \family default and a list of fonts available on your system. \family sans default \family default uses the standard TeX fonts, known as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter Computer \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ( \family typewriter cm \family default ) or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter European Computer Modern \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ( \family typewriter ec \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As \family typewriter cm \family default and \family typewriter ec \family default are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially when you read the PDF in a zoomed size. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in \family typewriter Adobe \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Reader \family default version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font renderer. \end_layout \end_inset To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font. There are three ways to use one: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize select the \family sans Latin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of \family typewriter cm \family default / \family typewriter ec \family default . \family sans Latin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace \family typewriter cm \family default as the default font. It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes. Except for some details, where the appearance was improved, \family sans Latin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default looks identical to \family typewriter cm \family default .; \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout One difference is improved kerning. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize or select the \family sans AE \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (Almost \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset European) \family default fonts in (the rare) case that \family sans Latin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate the look of \family typewriter cm \family default / \family typewriter ec \family default . \family typewriter AE \family default is a virtual font. Virtual means that it \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset steals \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset outline \family typewriter cm \family default -glyphs from other fonts. This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French guillemets ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset « \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset » \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Loading the LaTeX-package \series bold aeguill \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english LaTeX-packages ! aeguill \end_layout \end_inset with the document preamble line \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold \backslash usepackage[ec]{aeguill} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series default will fix the guillemet problem. \end_layout \end_inset and that accented characters are not \emph on one \emph default glyph, but build of \emph on two \emph default characters, the accent and the letter. Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents using the \family typewriter AE \family default fonts. If you search for example for the French word \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset rève \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for the glyph \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset è \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and not for the glyph \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset e + \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ̀ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize If you do not like the look of \family typewriter cm \family default / \family typewriter ec \family default , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family sans Times \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Roman \family default or \family typewriter \family sans Palatino \family default . Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif and typewriter fonts \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., \family sans Times \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Roman \family default selects \family sans Helvetica \family default for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset a real font \emph on family \emph default (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset in case of \family sans Latin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default oder \family sans Computer \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default ). \end_layout \end_inset , but you can also select your own. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The differences between roman, \family sans sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif \family default , and \family typewriter typewriter \family default fonts are explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the" \end_inset . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The font \family sans Times \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Roman \family default was originally designed for newspapers. That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit into the small newspaper columns. Therefore \family sans Times \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Roman \family default is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For the font size there are four possible values: \family sans default, 10 \family default , \family sans 11 \family default , and \family sans 12 \family default . The size of \family sans default \family default depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The font sizes are the \emph on base size \emph default . That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value. You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default dialog if needed. The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The field \family sans CJK \family default allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify a font to display the script characters. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package \series bold CJK \series default . So this has no effect for the document language \family sans Japanese \family default that doesn't use \series bold CJK \series default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does \emph on not \emph default change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output; this is part of the WYSIWYM concept. LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the \family sans Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preferences \family default dialog, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Screen-Fonts" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Using Different Character Styles \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Character Styles \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Text Style \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for certain paragraph environments. LyX supports two character styles, \family sans Emphasized \family default and \family sans Noun \family default . You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the toolbar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To activate the \family sans Noun \family default style, do one of the following: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize click on the toolbar button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/font-noun.png \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize use the key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-noun" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These commands are all toggles. That is, if \family sans Noun \family default style is already active, they deactivate it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard One typically uses the \family sans Noun \family default style for proper names. For example: \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \noun on Matthias Ettrich \noun default is the original author of LyX. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A more widely used character style is the \family sans Emphasized \family default style. You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the \family sans Emphasized \family default style by: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize clicking on the toolbar button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/font-emph.png \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize using the keybindings \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-emph" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Normally the \family sans Emphasized \family default style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag es use a different font. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard We've been using the \family sans Emphasized \family default style all over the place in this document. Here's one more example: \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation \emph on Don't overuse character styles! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It's also a warning in addition to an example. One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation. Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid the common tendency to overuse character style. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can always reset to the default font using the key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-default" \end_inset or the dialog \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Fine-Tuning with the \family sans Text Style \family default dialog \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Text Style \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style. For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations. Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts from ordinary dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles! \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To use custom character styles, open the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default dialog or press the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset . There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different font property which you can choose. You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select \family sans No \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset change \family default , which keeps the current state of that property. The item \family sans Reset \family default will reset the property to whatever is the default. You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph environments in a snap. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The font properties, and their options (in addition to \family sans No \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset change \family default and \family sans Reset \family default ) are: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Family \family default The \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset overall look \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of the font. The possible options are: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Roman \family default This is the Roman font family. Normally a serif font. It's also the default family. (key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-roman" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Serif \family default \family sans This is the Sans Serif font family. \family default (key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-sans" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Typewriter \family default \family typewriter This is the Typewriter font family. \family default (key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-typewriter" \end_inset \family sans ) \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Series \family default This corresponds to the print weight. Options are: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Medium \family default This is the Medium font series. It's also the default series. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Bold \family default \series bold This is the Bold font series. \series default (key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-bold" \end_inset ) \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Shape \family default As the name implies. Options are: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Upright \family default This is the Upright font shape. It's also the default shape. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Italic \family default \shape italic This \shape default \family sans \shape italic i \family default s the Italic font shape \shape default \emph on . \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Slanted \family default \shape slanted This is the Slanted font shape \shape default (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic). \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Small \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Caps \family default \shape smallcaps This is the Small caps font shape \shape default \noun on . \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Size \family default Alters the size of the font. You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio nal to the document font size. Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of what you want to do. The options are: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Tiny \family default \size tiny This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Tiny \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key bindings \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size tiny" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Smallest \family default \size scriptsize This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Smallest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size \size default . (key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-size scriptsize" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Smaller \family default \size footnotesize This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Smaller \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key bindings \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size footnotesize" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Small \family default \size small This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Small \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key bindings \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size small" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Normal \family default This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Normal \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. It's also the default size. (key bindings \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size normal" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Large \family default \size large This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Large \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key bindings \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size large" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Larger \family default \size larger This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Larger \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key bindings \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size larger" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Largest \family default \size largest This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Largest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-size largest" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Huge \family default \size huge This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Huge \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key bindings \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size huge" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Huger \family default \size giant This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Huger \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key bindings \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size giant" \end_inset ) \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard We warn you \emph on yet again \emph default : don't go crazy with this feature. You should almost never need to change the font size. LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments — use that instead. This is here for fine-tuning only! \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Misc \family default Here you can change a few other things at the character level. Options are: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Emph \family default \emph on This is text with emphasize on \emph default . This might seem like the same as \shape italic Italic \shape default , but it is actually a bit different. Emphasized is a \emph on logical \emph default attribute. That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized text. Normally this font is equal to italic. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Underbar \family default \bar under This is text with Underbar on. \bar default (key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-underline" \end_inset \family sans ) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days, when you couldn't change fonts. We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters. It is only included in LyX because some people \emph on may \emph default need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Double \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset underbar \family default This is text with Double underbar on. (key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-underunderline" \end_inset ) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think about double underbar. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Wavy \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset underbar \family default This is text with Wavy underbar on. (key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-underwave" \end_inset ) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it. Keep antinausea pills handy. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Strikeout \family default \strikeout on This is text with Strikeout on. \strikeout default (key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-strikeout" \end_inset ) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has since changed. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Noun \family default \noun on This is text with Noun on. \noun default Like \family sans Emph \family default , this is a logical attribute. Normally it's equivalent to \family sans Small \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Caps \family default . \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Color \family default You can adjust the color of the text with this control. Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors. Besides \family sans No \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset color \family default , which is the default \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset color \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and means normally black, you can choose between \family sans Black \family default , \family sans White \family default , \family sans Red \family default , \family sans Green \family default , \family sans Blue \family default , \family sans Cyan \family default , \family sans Magenta \family default and \family sans Yellow \family default text. \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Color ! Text \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Language \family default This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from the language of the document. Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change (only within LyX). \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects the German hyphenation rules automatically. When using the spell checking (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Spellchecking" \end_inset ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary \end_layout \begin_layout Standard So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from. Once you've chosen a new character style via the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default dialog, the settings are saved. You can activate them using the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "textstyle-apply" \end_inset . The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even when the dialog isn't visible. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To completely reset the character style to the default, use \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-default" \end_inset . If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed (suppose you just set the shape to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset slanted \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and the series to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset bold \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ), set the \family sans Toggle \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset all \family default switch and press \family sans Apply \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You should also know something about the differences between the three main font types \family sans serif \family default , \family sans sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif \family default , and \family sans typewriter \family default : \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Typewriter \family default is a so called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset monospaced \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font, that means every character has the same width, the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset i \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is as wide as the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset m \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Here is an example \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom status open \begin_layout Plain Layout no \end_layout \end_inset \family typewriter typewriter text \family default \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For more on phantoms see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:More-Spaces" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset no typewriter text \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Serif \family default fonts use characters with serifs. These are the small \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset appendices \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset at the ends of the strokes that form the character. The following example will show the difference: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset text with serifs \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family sans text without serifs \family default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading. These fonts are therefore used as default (named \family sans roman \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Sans serif \family default don't use serifs. This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts. We use it in this document to highlight menu names. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts. They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Printing and Previewing \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece. Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what goes on behind-the-scenes. We cover this information in much greater detail in the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual as well. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend. LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX. LyX is what you use to do your actual writing. Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output. This happens in two stages: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX, generating a file with the extension, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .tex \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the \family typewriter .tex \family default file to produce printable output. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Output file formats \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File formats \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Output-file-formats" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection ASCII \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File formats ! ASCII \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This file type has the extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .txt \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset American Standard Code for Information Interchange \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (ASCII). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can export your document to ASCII by the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator ASCII \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection LaTeX \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File formats ! LaTeX \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This file type has the extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .tex \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process your document. If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process it manually with console commands. The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever you view or export your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection DVI \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File formats ! DVI \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This file type has the extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .dvi \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . It is called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset device-independent \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine to another without needing to do any sort of conversion. DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats, like PostScript. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard DVI files do not contain images, they only link them. So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs. Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when you view the DVI. So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can export your document to DVI by the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection PostScript \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File formats ! PostScript \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This file type has the extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .ps \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . PostScript was developed by the company \family typewriter Adobe \family default as a printer language. The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the file. PostScript can be seen as a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset programming language \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa ge \series bold pstricks \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! pstricks \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard PostScript can only contain images in the format \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Encapsulated PostScript \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (EPS, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .eps \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has to convert them in the background to EPS. If you have e.g 50 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset images in your document, LyX has to do 50 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset conversions whenever you view or export your document. This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically. So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as EPS to avoid this problem. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can export your document to PostScript using the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator PostScript \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection PDF \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File formats ! PDF \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout PDF \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This file type has the extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .pdf \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Portable Document Format \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (PDF) developed by \family typewriter Adobe \family default was derived from PostScript. It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript. As the name \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset portable \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output looks exactly the same. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Joint Photographic Experts Group \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (JPG, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .jpg \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .jpeg \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Portable Network Graphics \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (PNG, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .png \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them in the background to one of these formats. But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion will slow down your workflow. So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can export your document to PDF via the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Export \family default in three different ways: \end_layout \begin_layout Description PDF This uses the program \family typewriter ps2pdf \family default that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file. The PostScript-version is produced by the program \family typewriter dvips \family default which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step. So this export variant consist of three conversions. \end_layout \begin_layout Description PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (dvipdfm) This uses the program \family typewriter dvipdfm \family default that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to PDF. \end_layout \begin_layout Description PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) This uses the program pdftex that converts your file directly to PDF. \end_layout \begin_layout Description PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (XeTe \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset X) This uses the program XeTeX that converts your file directly to PDF. XeTeX is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support" \end_inset ). It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts. \end_layout \begin_layout Description PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (LuaTe \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset X) This uses the program LuaTeX that converts your file directly to PDF. LuaTeX is an even newer engine, derived from pdflatex, that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support" \end_inset ). LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard TeX processor. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard We recommend to use \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) \family default because \family typewriter pdftex \family default supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and works without problems. The program \family typewriter dvipdfm \family default is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection XHTML \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout FileFormats ! XHTML \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout HTML \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This file type has the extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .xhtml \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers. It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats suitable for the purpose. Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support it, but not all do. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard XHTML output remains \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset under development \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and not all LyX features are supported yet. See the chapter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset LyX and the World Wide Web \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , in the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual, for more information. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator LyXHTML \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Previewing \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Preview \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu \family sans View \family default and choose a file type. A viewing program will pop up showing the output. For \family sans View\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI \family default you can use the toolbar button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/buffer-view_dvi.png \end_inset (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "buffer-view dvi" \end_inset ), for \family sans View\SpecialChar \menuseparator PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) \family default the toolbar button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png \end_inset , and for \family sans View\SpecialChar \menuseparator Postscript \family default the toolbar button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/buffer-view_ps.png \end_inset (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "buffer-view ps" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same viewer window using the menu \family sans View\SpecialChar \menuseparator Update \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary directory. To have a real output, export your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Printing the File from within LyX \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Printing-the-File" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print it directly from within LyX. To print a file, select the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Print \family default or click on the toolbar button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png \end_inset . LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI. This file is then processed by the program \family typewriter dvips \family default to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program \family typewriter Ghostscript \family default . Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after printing one set to print on the other side. Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down. By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can set the parameters in the \family sans Print \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Destination \family default box as follows: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Printer \family default This is the name of the printer to print to. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Note that this printer name is for the program \family typewriter dvips \family default . That means \family typewriter dvips \family default has to be configured for this printer name. The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Printer" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset The printer should understand PostScript. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans File \family default The name of a file to print to. The output will be a PostScript file. It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full path. \end_layout \begin_layout Section A few Words about Typography \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Typography \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Hyphens \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Hyphens \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In LyX, the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter - \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset character comes in four lengths: the \emph on hyphen \emph default , the \emph on en dash \emph default , the \emph on em dash \emph default , and the minus sign: \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout name \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout output \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout inserted with \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout hyphen \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter - \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in text \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout en dash \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout – \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Special \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator Symbols \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout em dash \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout — \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Special \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator Symbols \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout minus sign \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $-$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter - \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in math mode \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter - \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset character multiple times in a row. They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in the final output, but not in LyX. \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset gives a en dash, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset a em dash. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in math mode and has a length of its own. Here are some examples of the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter - \family default \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset in use: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate line- and page-breaks \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset ( \emph on hyphen \emph default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate From A–Z \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset ( \emph on en dash \emph default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Oh — there's a dash. \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset ( \emph on em dash \emph default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset ( \emph on minus sign \emph default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Hyphenation \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Hyphenation \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Hyphenation" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output. Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package \series bold babel \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! babel \end_layout \end_inset following the rules of the document language \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages \family sans German \family default and \family sans German \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (new \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset spelling) \family default in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default dialog. \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the \family sans typewriter \family default font and with unusual constructs, like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset h3knix/m0n0wall \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually. This is done with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Hyphenation \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Point \family default . These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX. If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated. Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document in the form \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset A-b c \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . LaTeX would then see the hyphen \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset as a hyphenation possibility. Hyphenating at this point would look ugly. To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox as described in section \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Prevent Hyphenation \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of the \emph on EmbeddedObjects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Punctuation Marks \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Punctuation marks \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Abbreviations and End of Sentence \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Abbreviations" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations. LaTeX then adds the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset appropriate amount of space \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next word. Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does not work in all cases. If a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter . \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here are some examples of \emph on correct \emph default abbreviations and the end of a sentence: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize M. Butterfly \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Don't worry. Be happy. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. this is too much space! \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize This is I. It's okay. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To fix this problem, use one of the following: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Use an \family sans Inter-word \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default after lowercase abbreviations (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Inter-word-Space" \end_inset ). \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spaces ! inter-word \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Use a \family sans Thin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Thin-Space" \end_inset ). \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spaces ! thin \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Use an \family sans End \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset sentence \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset period \family default found under the \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Special \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Character \family default menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing. This function is also bound to \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence" \end_inset for easy access. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset this is too much space! \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize This is I\SpecialChar \@. It's okay. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences. If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX will take care of this. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors: Check out the \family sans Check \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset TeX \family default feature described in section \emph on Checking TeX \emph default of the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Quotes \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Typography ! Quotes \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Quotes | see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Typography \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX usually sets quotes correctly. Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text, and use a closing quote at the end. For example, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset open close \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The keyboard character, \family sans " \family default , generates this automatically. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can change the behavior of the \family sans " \family default key using the submenu \family sans Language \family default of the dialog \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also select quotes for different languages in the box \family sans Type \family default option. There are six choices: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Text \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family default Use quotes like this \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset double \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset single \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld \end_inset Text \begin_inset Quotes srd \end_inset \family default Use quotes like \begin_inset Quotes sld \end_inset this \begin_inset Quotes srd \end_inset or 'this \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld \end_inset Text \begin_inset Quotes grd \end_inset \family default Use quotes like \begin_inset Quotes gld \end_inset this \begin_inset Quotes grd \end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes gls \end_inset this \begin_inset Quotes grs \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld \end_inset Text \begin_inset Quotes prd \end_inset \family default Use quotes like \begin_inset Quotes pld \end_inset this \begin_inset Quotes prd \end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes pls \end_inset this \begin_inset Quotes prs \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld \end_inset Text \begin_inset Quotes frd \end_inset \family default Use quotes like \begin_inset Quotes fld \end_inset this \begin_inset Quotes frd \end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes fls \end_inset this \begin_inset Quotes frs \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \begin_inset Quotes ald \end_inset Text \begin_inset Quotes ard \end_inset \family default Use quotes like \begin_inset Quotes ald \end_inset this \begin_inset Quotes ard \end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes als \end_inset this \begin_inset Quotes ars \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These settings affect what character the \family sans " \family default key produces. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Ligatures \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Typography ! Ligatures \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Ligatures | see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Typography \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Ligatures" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and print them as single characters. These groups are known as \emph on ligatures \emph default . Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too in the output. Here are the standard ligatures: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize ff \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize fi \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize fl \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize ffi \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize ffl \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word. While a ligature may be okay in the word, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset graffiti, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset it looks really weird in compound words, such as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset cufflink \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or the German \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Dorffest. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset To break a ligature, use \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ligature \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break. \family default This changes \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset cufflinks \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} links \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Dorffest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} fest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection LyX's Proper Names \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LyX ! Proper names \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with characters in different sizes and heights. LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized as a proper name when you type it in LyX as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset LaT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset command \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section. To create proper names omit the TeX Code. \end_layout \end_inset Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following proper names: \end_layout \begin_layout Description LyX The name of the game, write \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset L \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset yX \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to produce it. \end_layout \begin_layout Description TeX The program used by LaTeX, write \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset T \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to produce it. \end_layout \begin_layout Description LaTeX The program used by LyX, write \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset LaT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to produce it. \end_layout \begin_layout Description LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset LaT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX2e \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to produce it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset 2 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers. For example the version number of TeX converges to the number \begin_inset Formula $\pi$ \end_inset : The actual version is \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset TeX-3.141592 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , the previous one was \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset TeX-3.14159 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you don't want to use proper names, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the word. This will look in LyX like: \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/LaTeX.png scale 80 \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset For more about TeX Code, look at section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:TeX-Code" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Units \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Typography ! Units \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal space between two words. As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is smaller. To get such a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset half space \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset for units use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Thin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "space-insert thin" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here's an example to show the differences: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 24 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset kW \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ \end_inset h \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout space between number and unit \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 24 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset kW \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ \end_inset h \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout half space between number and unit \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Widows and Orphans \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Typography ! Widows and orphans \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page happened to end. There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text. You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line of a paragraph at the top of a new page. These bits of text became known as \emph on widows \emph default and \emph on orphans \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading. That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments. But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there to specifically prevent widows and orphans. This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page, or how you can tweak that behavior. Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "latexcompanion" \end_inset or \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "latexguide" \end_inset ] may have more information. You will almost never need to worry about this, however. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "chap:Floats-and-Notes" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the \emph on Embedded Objects \emph default manual. There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Notes \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Notes \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Notes" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document: \end_layout \begin_layout Description LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Note Note status open \begin_layout Plain Layout This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (xxx) \family default . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Note Comment status open \begin_layout Plain Layout This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Greyed \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can set in the document settings under \family sans Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator Greyed-out \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset notes \family default . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout This is text \begin_inset Foot status open \begin_layout Plain Layout This is an example footnote within a greyed out note. In this document the color of this note type is set to blue. \end_layout \end_inset of a comment that appears in the output. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Notes are inserted with the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "note-insert" \end_inset or the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Note \family default . Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Footnotes \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Footnotes \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Footnotes" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Footnote \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "footnote-insert" \end_inset , \family roman \series medium \bar no you will see \family default \series default \bar default the following box: \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/footnoteQt4.png scale 80 \end_inset \family roman \series medium \bar no This box is LyX's representation of your footnote. If you \family default \series default \bar default left-click on \family roman \series medium \bar no the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans foot \family roman \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family default \series default \bar default \family roman \series medium \bar no label, the box will \family default \series default \bar default be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it. Clicking on the box label again, will close \family roman \series medium \bar no the \family default \series default \bar default box \family roman \series medium \bar no . If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click on the footnote \family default \series default \bar default toolbar \family roman \series medium \bar no button \family default \series default \bar default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here is an example footnote: \family roman \series medium \bar no \begin_inset Foot status open \begin_layout Plain Layout To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text position where the footnote box is placed. The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page. The footnote number is calculated by LyX. The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is in. LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other schemes using special LaTeX-commands. T \family roman h \family default ey are described in the \emph on Embedded Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Marginal Notes \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Marginal notes \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Marginal-Notes" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX. When you insert a margin note via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Marginal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "marginalnote-insert" \end_inset , you will see \family roman \series medium a \family default \series default \family roman \series medium box with the \family default \series default \family roman \series medium label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset margin \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset appearing within your text. This box is LyX's representation of your margin \family default \series default al \family roman \series medium note. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard At the side is an example marginal note. \family roman \series medium \begin_inset Marginal status open \begin_layout Plain Layout This is a marginal note. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents. In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even pages, right on odd pages. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For further information about marginal notes see section \emph on Margin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Notes \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Graphics and Images \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Images \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Graphics \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Graphics" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position you want and click on the toolbar icon \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png \end_inset or select \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Graphics \family default from the menu. Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters. The \family sans Graphics \family default tab allows you to choose your image file. The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling factor. The scaling units are explained in Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cha:Units-available-in" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In the tab \family sans Clipping \family default it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width of the image in the output. The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button \family sans Get \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset from \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset file \family default . The option \family sans Clip \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset bounding \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset box \family default will only print the image region within the given coordinates. Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore the tab \family sans Clipping \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In the \family sans LaTeX and LyX options \family default tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options. You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX. The option \family sans Draft \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset mode \family default has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame with the image size is printed. The option \family sans Don't \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset unzip \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset on \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset export \family default is explained in the \emph on Embedded Objects \emph default manual in section \emph on Graphics Dialog \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image. The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is in the text. This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/mobius.eps scale 70 rotateOrigin center \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put the image into a float, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Figure-Floats" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Image Formats \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Images ! Formats \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Image-Formats" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can insert images in any known file format. But as we explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Output-file-formats" \end_inset , every output document format allows only a few image formats. LyX uses therefore the program \family typewriter ImageMagick \family default in the background to convert the images to the right format. To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background, you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Output-file-formats" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Bitmap \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form. They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms. Well-known bitmap image formats are \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Graphics Interchange Format \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (GIF, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .gif \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout GIF|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Image formats \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Portable Network Graphics \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (PNG, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .png \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout PNG|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Image formats \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Joint Photographic Experts Group \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (JPG, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .jpg \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .jpeg \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout JPG|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Image formats \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Scalable \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without data loss. The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because presentations are always scaled by the beamer. Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Scalable image formats can be \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Scalable Vector Graphics \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (SVG, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .svg \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout SVG|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Image formats \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Encapsulated PostScript \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (EPS, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .eps \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout EPS|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Image formats \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Portable Document Format \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (PDF, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .pdf \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout PDF \end_layout \end_inset . We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the result won't be scalable. In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original image \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed. \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice versa. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Grouping of Image Settings \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Images ! Settings grouping \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing group. Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in the same way. So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the need to manually change each of them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A new group can be set by entering a name in the \family sans Group \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Name \family default field in the Graphics dialog. Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image by checking the name of the desired group. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Tables \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Tables \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Tables" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can insert a table using either the toolbar button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png scale 85 \end_inset or the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Table \family default . A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns. The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated from the rest of the table. This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above them. Here's an example table: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 1 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 2 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 3 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none A \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none B \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size normal \noun off \color none \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none C \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection The Table dialog \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which brings up the table dialog. Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively where the cursor is placed currently. Most of the dialog options also work on selections. This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is done on all of your selection. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Additionally to the table dialog, the \family sans table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset toolbar \family default helps you in setting table properties. It appears when the cursor is inside a table. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In the tab \family sans Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \family default of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row. If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the current cell respectively. The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width is given. A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs of text, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Table-Cells" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell using the check box \family sans Multicolumn \family default or \family sans Multirow \family default . This will merge the cells to \emph on one \emph default cell, spread over more than one column/row. Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width, and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell. Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one in the last row without the upper border: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout abc \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout def ghi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout jkl \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none A \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout B \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout C \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout D \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 1 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 2 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 3 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 4 \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table. They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells, explained in the tables section of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset degrees counterclockwise. These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default Most DVI-viewers are \emph on not \emph default able to display rotations. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Borders \family default tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column. The button \family sans Default \family default adds lines for all cell borders. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Longtables \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Tables ! Longtables \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Longtables \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option \family sans Use \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset long \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset table \family default in the tab \family sans Longtable \family default of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages. Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans Header \family default : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable; except for the first page, if \family sans First \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset header \family default is defined. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans First \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset header \family default : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans Footer \family default : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable; except for the last page, if \family sans Last \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset footer \family default is defined. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans Last \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset footer \family default : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Caption: The first row is reset as a single column. You can now insert there the table caption via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Caption \family default . More about longtable captions can be found in the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also specify a row where the table is split. If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row. The others will then be defined as \emph on empty \emph default . In this context, first means first in this order: \family sans Footer, Last \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset footer, \family default \family sans Header, \family default \family sans First \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset header. \family default See the following longtable to see how it works: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Example Phone List (ignore the names) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold NAME \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold TEL. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Example Phone List \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold NAME \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold TEL. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold continue ... \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Annovi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Silvia \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Bertoli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Stefano \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Bozzi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Walter \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Cachia \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Maria \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Cachia \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Maurizio \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Cinquemani \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Giusi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Colin \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Bernard \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Concli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Gianfranco \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Dal Bosco \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Carolina \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Dalpiaz \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Annamaria \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Feliciello \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Domenico \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Focarelli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Paola \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Galletti \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Oreste \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Gasparini \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Franca \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Rizzardi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Paola \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Lassini \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Giancarlo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Malfatti \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Luciano \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Malfatti \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Valeriano \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Meneguzzo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Roberto \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Mezzadra \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Roberto \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Pirpamer \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Erich \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Pochiesa \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Paolo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111, 222 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Radina \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Claudio \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Stuffer \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Oskar \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Tacchelli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Ugo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Tezzele \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Margit \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Unterkalmsteiner \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Frieda \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Vieider \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Hilde \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Vigna \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Jürgen \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Weber \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Maurizio \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Winkler \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Franz \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Annovi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Silvia \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Bertoli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Stefano \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Bozzi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Walter \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Cachia \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Maria \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Cachia \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Maurizio \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Cinquemani \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Giusi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Colin \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Bernard \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Concli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Gianfranco \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Dal Bosco \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Carolina \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Dalpiaz \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Annamaria \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Feliciello \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Domenico \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Focarelli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Paola \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Galletti \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Oreste \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Gasparini \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Franca \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Rizzardi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Paola \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Lassini \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Giancarlo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Malfatti \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Luciano \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Malfatti \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Valeriano \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Meneguzzo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Roberto \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Mezzadra \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Roberto \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Pirpamer \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Erich \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Pochiesa \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Paolo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555, 222 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Radina \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Claudio \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Stuffer \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Oskar \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Tacchelli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Ugo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Tezzele \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Margit \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Unterkalmsteiner \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Frieda \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Vieider \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Hilde \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Vigna \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Jürgen \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 999 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Weber \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Maurizio \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Winkler \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Franz \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold End \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Table Cells \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Tables ! Cells \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Table-Cells" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table. All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell. Font sizes and shapes can also be altered. But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like \family sans Section* \family default , etc.), nor set spacing options etc. for the cell's paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width for the column in the table dialog. Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width. An example: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 1 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 2 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 3 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 4 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none This is a multi-line entry in a table. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 5 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 6 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none This is longer now. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 7 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 8 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none This is a multi-line entry in a table. This is longer now. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 9 \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well. You can cut and paste even more than one row. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3. \end_layout \end_inset Selection with the mouse or with \family sans Shift \family default plus the arrow keys works as usual. You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting the selection from outside the table. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Floats \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Floats \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Floats" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't have a fixed location. It can \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset float \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best. \family sans Footnotes \family default and \family sans Margin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Notes \family default are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are too many notes on the page. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout. Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace and pages without text. As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table , every float can be referenced in the text. Floats are therefore numbered. Referencing is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To insert a float, use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Floats \family default . A box with a caption will be inserted into your document. The label will automatically be translated to the document language in the output. After the label you can insert the caption text. \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english Floats ! Captions \end_layout \end_inset The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate paragraph within the float. To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box by left-clicking on the box label. A closed float box looks like this: \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/floatQt4.png scale 80 \end_inset – a gray button with a red label. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Examples \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Figure Floats \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Figure-Floats" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english Floats ! Figure floats \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Figure \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cap:Platypus" \end_inset was created using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator Figure \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "float-insert figure" \end_inset . The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Graphics \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" \end_inset . The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor in front of or behind the image and using the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paragraph \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout-paragraph" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float figure wide false sideways false status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/platypus.eps lyxscale 50 width 50col% \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "cap:Platypus" \end_inset A severely distorted platypus in a float. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference to it. As described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Label \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "label-insert" \end_inset and refer to it using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Cross-Reference \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" \end_inset . It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague references like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset the figure above \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it might not be \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset above \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset at all. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you might want to use two images with separate subcaptions. This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats. Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:List-of-Figures" \end_inset . Figure \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cap:Two-distorted-images" \end_inset is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side. You can also set the images one below the other. Figure \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Undefinable" \end_inset and \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Platypus" \end_inset are the subfigures. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float figure wide false sideways false status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset Float figure wide false sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "fig:Undefinable" \end_inset Undefinable \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps width 45col% \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset Float figure wide false sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "fig:Platypus" \end_inset Platypus \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/platypus.eps lyxscale 60 width 45col% \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "cap:Two-distorted-images" \end_inset Two distorted images. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Table Floats \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english Floats ! Table floats \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Table floats can be inserted using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator Table \family default or the toolbar botton \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "float-insert table" \end_inset . They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different label. Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cap:Table-float" \end_inset is a table float. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table wide false sideways false status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "cap:Table-float" \end_inset A table float. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 1 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 2 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 3 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Joe \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Mary \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Ted \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} a & b\\ c & d \end{array}\right]$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection More Information \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english Floats ! Details \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats. It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float caption. All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter \emph on Floats \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Minipages \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Minipages \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Minipages" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page, called minipage. Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset apply. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Box \family default . Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage and its alignment within the page. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Box Frameless position "t" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 1 inner_pos "t" use_parbox 0 use_makebox 0 width "30col%" special "none" height "1pt" height_special "totalheight" status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \shape italic This is a minipage. The text is set in an italic style. \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \shape italic Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs another formatting. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use \family sans Horizontal Fills \family default as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Horizontal-Space" \end_inset : \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Box Frameless position "t" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 1 inner_pos "t" use_parbox 0 use_makebox 0 width "1.5in" special "none" height "1pt" height_special "totalheight" status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text. This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset Box Frameless position "t" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 1 inner_pos "t" use_parbox 0 use_makebox 0 width "1.5in" special "none" height "1pt" height_special "totalheight" status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text. This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage to other box types. All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter \emph on Boxes \emph default of the \emph on Embedded Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter Mathematical Formulas \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Formulas | see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Math \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the \emph on Math \emph default manual. There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Basic Math Editing \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Basics \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/math-mode.png \end_inset . That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its corners. That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate what level of nesting within the formula you are at. You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math \family default menu. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done with the \family sans math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset toolbar \family default , that appears when the cursor is in a formula. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This is a line with an inline formula \begin_inset Formula $A=B$ \end_inset in it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph , like this one: \begin_inset Formula \[ A=B \] \end_inset You can only number and reference displayed formulas. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands. E. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset typing \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \series bold \backslash alpha \series default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ \end_inset . So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Navigating in Formulas \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Navigating \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is achieved with the arrow keys. LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted. The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula. Pressing \family sans Space \family default will leave a formula construct (a square root \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$ \end_inset , or parentheses \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$ \end_inset , or a matrix \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} 1 & 2\\ 3 & 4 \end{array}\right]$ \end_inset ). Pressing \family sans Escape \family default will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula. \family sans Tab \family default can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Space \family default , printed in this document as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash spce \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the space character (visible space). \end_layout \end_inset , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between characters, but it does exit a nested structure. For this reason, you have to be careful about using \family sans Space \family default . For example, if you want \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$ \end_inset , type \series bold \backslash sqrt \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash spce \end_layout \end_inset 2x+1 \series default and not \series bold \backslash sqrt \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash spce \end_layout \end_inset 2x \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash spce \end_layout \end_inset +1 \series default , since in the latter case only the \family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $2x$ \end_inset \family default will be under the square root sign: \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled in, such as: \begin_inset Formula \[ \left(\begin{array}{ccc} \lambda_{1}\\ & \ddots\\ & & \lambda_{n} \end{array}\right) \] \end_inset If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Selecting Text \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can select text within a formula in two different ways. Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press \family sans Shift \family default and a cursor movement key to select text. It will be highlighted as with regular text selection. Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way. That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula, but not in a normal text region in LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Exponents and Subscripts \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Exponents \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Subscripts \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier way is to use a command. To get \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ \end_inset , type in a formula \series bold x^2 \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash spce \end_layout \end_inset \series default . The final \family sans Space \family default puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression. If you type \series bold x^2y \series default , you will get \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$ \end_inset , to get \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$ \end_inset , type \series bold x^2 \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash spce \end_layout \end_inset y \series default . If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the hat \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ^ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , you have to use an extra \family sans Space \family default to separate the hat and the character. E. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset if you want \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$ \end_inset , type \series bold x^ \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash spce \end_layout \end_inset a \series default . Subscripts are similar: To get \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$ \end_inset , type \series bold a_1 \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash spce \end_layout \end_inset \series default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Fractions \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Fractions \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Create a fraction with either the command \series bold \backslash frac \series default or using the icon \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/math/frac.png scale 60 \end_inset in the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default . You will be presented with an empty fraction. The cursor is above the fraction line. To move it to the bottom, simply press \family sans Down \family default . To move back up, press \family sans Up \family default . Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows: \begin_inset Formula \[ \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc} 2 & 3\\ 4 & 5 \end{array}\right)}\right] \] \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Roots \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Roots \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Roots can be created using the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/math/sqrt.png \end_inset or the commands \series bold \backslash sqrt \series default or \series bold \backslash root \series default . With the command \series bold \backslash root \series default you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while \series bold \backslash sqrt \series default produces always a square root. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Operators with Limits \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Sums \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Integrals \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Operators-with-Limits" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Sum ( \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ \end_inset ) and integral ( \begin_inset Formula $\int$ \end_inset ) operators are very often decorated with limits. These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol. The sum operator will automatically place its \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset limits \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline formulas. Such as \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$ \end_inset , versus \begin_inset Formula \[ \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e \] \end_inset Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula types. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode. The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly behind the operator and hitting \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-limits" \end_inset or using the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Limits \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Type \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Certain other mathematical expressions have this \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset moving limits \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset feature as addition, such as \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Limits \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Formula \[ \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x), \] \end_inset which will place the \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$ \end_inset underneath the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset lim \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in display mode. In inline formulas it looks like this: \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro \series bold \backslash lim \series default . Have a look at section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Functions" \end_inset for an explanation of function macros. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Math Symbols \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Symbols \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Most math symbols can be found in the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default under one of several categories; including \family sans Greek \family default , \family sans Operators \family default , \family sans Relations \family default , \family sans Arrows \family default . There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical Society (AMS). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use, you don't have to use the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default , but can type the command directly into the formula. LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Altering Spacing \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Spaces \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that LaTeX provides. To do this, type \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "space-insert protected" \end_inset or to use the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/math/space.png \end_inset . This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen. For example, the sequence \series bold a Ctrl+Space b \series default : \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$ \end_inset appears in LyX as \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/SpaceMarker.png \end_inset . You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind the space marker and hit space again several times. With every space hit the size will be changed. Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative spaces. Here are two examples: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold a Ctrl+Space b \series default and 3× \family sans Space \family default : \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold a Ctrl+Space b \series default and 5× \family sans Space \family default : \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Functions \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Functions \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Functions" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default contains under the button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/math/functions.png \end_inset a number of function macros, such as \begin_inset Formula $\sin$ \end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $\lim$ \end_inset , \emph on etc \emph default . (you can also insert them in a formula by typing \series bold \backslash sin \series default etc.). Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to avoid confusions, because \begin_inset Formula $sin$ \end_inset does normally mean \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function: \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$ \end_inset is different from \begin_inset Formula $asinx$ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript s are placed, as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Accents \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Accents \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text mode. This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use. You can also use LaTeX commands to e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset enter \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ \end_inset even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled. Our example is entered by typing \series bold \backslash hat \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash spce \end_layout \end_inset a \series default in a formula. Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cap:Accent-names-and" \end_inset shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table wide false sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "cap:Accent-names-and" \end_inset Accent names and the corresponding commands. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Name \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Command \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout E \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none xample \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none circumflex \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash hat \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none grave \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash grave \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none acute \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash acute \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none umlaut \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash ddot \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none tilde \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash tilde \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none dot \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash dot \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none breve \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash breve \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none caron \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash check \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none macron \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash bar \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout vector \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash vec \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the \family sans Frame \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset decorations \family default symbol set button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/math/hat.png \end_inset in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within a formula too. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Brackets and Delimiters \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Brackets \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Delimiters \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are several brackets available through LyX. For most purposes, using just the keys \family typewriter []{}()|<> \family default should suffice. But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction, or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math toolbar delimiter icon \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/math/delim.png \end_inset . For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard matrix such as: \begin_inset Formula \[ \left[\begin{array}{cc} 1 & 2\\ 3 & 4 \end{array}\right] \] \end_inset and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in: \begin_inset Formula \[ \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)} \] \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is inside. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the left side and right side. If you use the option \family sans Keep \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset matched \family default , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side. The selection will be shown below the button field. If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button. It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root, you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside the brackets. Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on \family sans Insert \family default . The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Arrays and Multi-line Equations \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Arrays \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Matrices \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Multi-line Equations \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Matrices are entered in LyX using the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default matrix button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/math/matrix.png \end_inset . It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns. Here is an example: \begin_inset Formula \[ \left(\begin{array}{ccc} 1 & 2 & 3\\ 4 & 5 & 6\\ 7 & 8 & 9 \end{array}\right) \] \end_inset The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters" \end_inset . When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries will be left-, right-, or center-justified. This alignment is set in the box \family sans Horizontal \family default with the letters \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans l \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans r \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans c \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . LyX proposes a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans c \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset for every column as default. For example, the sequence \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans lcr \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter corresponds to the relevant column. The result will look like this: \begin_inset Formula \[ \begin{array}{lcr} this & this\, column & this\, column\\ column & has & has\, right\\ has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment \end{array}. \] \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset while the cursor is in the matrix. Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math \family default or the math toolbar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases. It can be created with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator Cases \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Environment \family default or the command \series bold \backslash cases \series default . Here is an example: \begin_inset Formula \[ f(x)=\begin{cases} -1 & x<0\\ 0 & x=0\\ 1 & x>0 \end{cases} \] \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset Multi-line formulas are created when you press \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset within a formula. In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each column. When you press \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset = \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign is in the second column, and the rest in the third column. A new row is created by every further hit of \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset . Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas. Here is an example: \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\ a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared} \end{eqnarray} \end_inset To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor where you want to start the shift and hit \family sans Ctrl-Tab. \family default It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor position to the next column. Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures within this column will be printed in a smaller size: \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} \end{eqnarray*} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The multi-line formula type described here is called \family typewriter \series medium eqnarray \family default \series default . There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations, for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula ( \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "eq:asquared" \end_inset ). The other types are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Formula Numbering and Referencing \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Formula numbering \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Referencing formulas \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator Toggle \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Numbering \family default or the shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-number-toggle" \end_inset . The formula number appears in LyX as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset # \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset within parentheses. The \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset # \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output is generated. The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on the document class. In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number, separated by a dot: \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} 1+1=2 \end{equation} \end_inset Using \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-number-toggle" \end_inset in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering. You can only number displayed formulas. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator Toggle \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Numbering \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line \family default or the shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-number-line-toggle" \end_inset will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is: \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} 1 & = & 3-2\\ 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\ 4 & \leq & 7 \end{eqnarray} \end_inset To number all lines use the shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-number-toggle" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label. A label is inserted with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Label \family default when the cursor is in the formula. This opens a dialog to enter the label. It is recommended to use the proposed \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans eq: \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label type when you have many labels in your document. We inserted in the following example the label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset eq:tanhExp \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in the second line: \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\ & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp} \end{eqnarray} \end_inset Every labeled line is automatically numbered. Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number placeholder \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset # \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . You can reference a labeled formula using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Cross \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Reference \family default . A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to. The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output as the formula number: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This is a cross-reference to equation ( \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "eq:tanhExp" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset . To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Label \family default and delete the label in the appearing dialog. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section User defined math macros \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Macros \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you have equations of the same form in a document several times. Math macros are explained in section \emph on Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Macros \emph default of the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Fine-Tuning \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Typefaces \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Typefaces \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman. To set a font in a formula, use the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/math/font.png \end_inset , or enter its command, listed in table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the" \end_inset , directly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table wide false sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "cap:Typefaces-and-the" \end_inset Typefaces and the corresponding commands. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Font \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Command \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \shape up \size normal \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathrm \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathbf \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathit \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \shape up \size normal \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathtt \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathbb \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathfrak \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \shape up \size normal \emph on \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathcal \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathsf \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default You can only print capital letters in the typefaces \family sans Blackboard \family default and \family sans Calligraphic \family default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula. Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface. Pressing \family sans Space \family default within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected space when you need a space in the box. Here an example where \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset N \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in \family sans Blackboard \family default denotes the set of numbers: \begin_inset Formula \[ f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N} \] \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion. You can e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset put a character in \family sans Fraktur \family default in a box for \family sans Typewriter \family default : \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$ \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset So it is better not to use this feature. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters: \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$ \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset You can only print them emboldened using the command \series bold \backslash boldsymbol \series default , which works like the other typeface commands: \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash boldsymbol \series default works for all symbols, letters, and numbers. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Math Text \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Text \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but not for text. For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using the entry \family sans Normal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset mode \family default of the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/math/font.png \end_inset (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-default" \end_inset ). Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue. You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text. Here is an example: \begin_inset Formula \[ f(x)=\begin{cases} x & \textrm{if I say so}\\ -x & \textrm{unter Umständen} \end{cases} \] \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Font Sizes \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Font sizes \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are automatically chosen in most situations. These are called \family sans textstyle \family default , \family sans displaystyle \family default , \family sans scriptstyle \family default , and \family sans scriptscriptstyle \family default . For most characters, \family sans textstyle \family default and \family sans displaystyle \family default are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts, and certain other structures, are set larger in \family sans displaystyle \family default . Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat e. These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/math/style.png \end_inset . A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure. For example, you can set \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ \end_inset , which is normally in \family sans textstyle \family default , larger in \family sans displaystyle \family default : \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$ \end_inset . The four styles are used in the following example: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$ \end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$ \end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$ \end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math inset is set in a particular size with the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size. Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts will be adjusted to correspond. As an example here is a formula in the font size \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset largest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset : \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family roman \size largest \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Theorem Modules \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of the document classes and into layout modules. \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Layout Modules \end_layout \end_inset As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes other than the AMS classes. See section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Modules" \end_inset for more on layout modules. \end_layout \begin_layout Section AMS-LaTeX \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout AMS math \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! AMS \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society (AMS) that are in common use. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Enabling AMS-Support \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Selecting the checkbox \family sans Use \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset AMS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset package \family default in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset dialog under \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Options \family default will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities available. AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection AMS-Formula Types \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Multi-line Equations \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types. LyX allows you to choose between \family typewriter align \family default , \family typewriter alignat \family default , \family typewriter flalign \family default , \family typewriter gather \family default , and \family typewriter multline \family default . We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter More Tools \end_layout \begin_layout Section Cross-References \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Cross references \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard One of LyX's strengths are cross-references. You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in the document. To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it. The label is used as anchor and name for the reference. We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate First item \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "enu:Second-item" \end_inset Second item \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Third item \end_layout \begin_layout Standard First we insert a label into the second item with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Label \family default or by pressing the toolbar button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/label-insert.png scale 85 \end_inset . A grey label box like this: \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/labelQt4.png scale 85 \end_inset is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text. LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case the text \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans enu: Second-item \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The prefix \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans enu: \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset stands for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset enumerate \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans sec: \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Cross-Reference \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png scale 85 \end_inset . A grey cross-reference box like this: \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/referenceQt4.png scale 85 \end_inset is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels in the document. We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans enu:Second-item \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Alternatively to \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Cross-Reference \family default , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu \family sans Copy as Reference \family default . The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied to the actual cursor position via the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paste \family default (shortcut Ctrl+V). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here is our cross-reference: Item \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "enu:Second-item" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is recommended to use a protected space \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Protected-Space" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks between them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are six varieties of cross-references: \end_layout \begin_layout Description : prints the number, this is the default: \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cap:Two-distorted-images" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description (): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Equation \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is omitted: \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand eqref reference "eq:tanhExp" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description : prints the page number: Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand pageref reference "cap:Two-distorted-images" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description on \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset : prints the text "on page" and the page number: \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vpageref reference "cap:Two-distorted-images" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset on \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset : prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number: \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref reference "cap:Two-distorted-images" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Formatted \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package \series bold prettyref \series default or \series bold refstyle \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! prettyref \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! refstyle \end_layout \end_inset installed. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting the option \family sans Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references \family default in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document Class \family default . The format is specified by adding the command \series bold \backslash newrefformat \series default (prettyref) or \series bold \backslash newref \series default (refstyle) to the preamble of the document. For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label shortcut \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans fig \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) can be done with this command \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold \backslash newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page \backslash pageref{#1}}} \series default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations , \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "prettyref,refstyle" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Textual \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset reference: prints the caption or name of the reference: \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand nameref reference "cap:Two-distorted-images" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans \family default will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same, or the next page. You will e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset see the text \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans on this page \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset instead. The style \family sans on page \family default will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output is automatically calculated by LaTeX. The varieties are adjusted in the field \family sans Format \family default of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc e. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can only use the style \family sans \family default to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style \family sans \family default is always possible. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading; for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in it. Referencing formulas is explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu. The entry \family sans Go \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Label \family default sets the cursor before the referenced label. This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to \family sans Go \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Back \family default so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference. You can also go back with the toolbar button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png rotateOrigin center \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can change labels at any time. References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you do not need to take care about this. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question marks in the output instead of the reference. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard References are described in detail in sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Referencing Floats \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of the \emph on Embedded Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Table of Contents and other Listings \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Table of contents \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Outline \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:toc" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Table of Contents \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Table-of-Contents" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Contents \family default . Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box. If you click on it, the \family sans Outline \family default window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange sections in your documents. So this operation is an alternative to the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Outline \family default that is described in sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Navigating" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically. If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Short-Titles" \end_inset , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading. Section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Numbering-depth" \end_inset describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are listed in the TOC. Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:List-of-Figures" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents. You can insert them via the \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator List \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset / \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset TOC \family default submenus. The list entries are the float captions and the float number. \end_layout \begin_layout Section URLs and Hyperlinks \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout URLs \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Hyperlinks \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection URLs \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:URLs" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator URL \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage: \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.lyx.org \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be in the style \family typewriter Typewriter \family default . To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next subsection. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Hyperlinks \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Hyperlinks" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Hyperlink \family default or with the toolbar button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/href-insert.png \end_inset . The appearing dialog has two fields: \family sans Target \family default and \family sans Name \family default . The name is the printed text for the hyperlink. The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this: \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "LyX's homepage" target "http://www.lyx.org" \end_inset , an Email address like this: \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "lyx-docs mailing list" target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation" type "mailto:" \end_inset , or a link to a file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but add the prefix \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans run: \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to the link target. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output, and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output. To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use the text style dialog. This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text: \family sans \series bold \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "LyX's homepage" target "http://www.lyx.org" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The link text color can be changed, when the option \family sans Color links \family default is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator PDF Properties \family default ). The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the option \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold urlcolor=blue \series default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset to the field \family sans Additional options \family default in the PDF Properties dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Appendices \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Appendix \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Appendices" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Appendices are created with the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Start \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Here \family default . This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end as the appendix region. The region is marked with a red borderline. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix, numbered with a capital Latin letter. The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot and the subsection number. All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections, here two examples: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cha:Credits" \end_inset ; Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Export" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Bibliography \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Bibliography \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document. You can include a bibliography database, \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Known under the name \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset BibTeX-database \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography manually, using the paragraph environment \family sans Bibliography \family default , which was described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Biblio_environment" \end_inset . If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this document, like author-year citations, then you must \emph on \emph default use a bibliography database. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection The Bibliography Environment \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Within the \family sans Bibliography \family default environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled with a number. If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a \family sans Key \family default and a \family sans Label \family default . The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography entry. For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX and we used \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset latexcompanion \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , a short form of its title, as key. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Citation \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png \end_inset . A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list. The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key. When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change the reference. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography entry with surrounding brackets. If you set a \family sans Label \family default for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number. Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Credits \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset : \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Have a look at the \family sans LaTeX Companion Second Edition \family default : \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "latexcompanion" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits: \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "lyxcredit" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Bibliography databases (BibTeX) \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Bibliography ! Databases \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Bibliography ! BibTeX \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Bibliography-databases" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different documents. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning them. Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations and reviews along with bibliographical information. \end_layout \end_inset It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography entries. You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of your working field in a database. This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for that document. This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books you have cited. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The database is a text file with the file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans .bib \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , containing the bibliography in a special format. The format is explained in \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "BibTeX-2" \end_inset and in LaTeX books ( \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport" \end_inset ). The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a special program to create and edit the entries in the database. A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To use a database, use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator List \family default / \family sans TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator BibT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bibliography \family default . A grey box will be inserted and a window appears. In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file. The option \family sans Add bibliography to TOC \family default adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography. In the \family sans Content \family default drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database in the document or just the cited references. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The style file is a text file with the file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans .bst \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset that controls how the bibliography entries will appear. Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the layout. It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something for experts. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For information how this is done, have a look at \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX. \lang english You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as processor; either in the document settings under \family sans Bibliography \family default or in LyX's preferences under \family sans Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX \family default . The following variants are possible: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with other bibliography packages (like e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \series bold natbib \series default ), only with the package \series bold biblatex \series default ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin letters \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works with all bibliography packages, except of \series bold biblatex \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding, larger memory than \family sans bibtex \family default , works with all.bibliography packages \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification of the variants. \lang bahasa Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of \family sans BibTeX \family default \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "BibTeX" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you select the option \family sans Sectioned bibliography \family default in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies. This and other options are explained in detail in section \emph on Customizing Bibliographies \emph default \emph on with BibTeX \emph default of the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between the two methods of creating them. As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists only the database entries that are referenced in the document. We used the style file \family sans alphadin.bst \family default to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Bibliography layout \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Bibliography ! Layout \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format. For this feature you need to enable the option \family sans Natbib \family default in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset dialog under \family sans Bibliography \family default . Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default. For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained in the previous section. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference, in the citation reference window. Here an example where we set the text \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Chapter \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 3 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to appear after the reference: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Have a look at \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite after "Chapter 3" key "latexcompanion" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Index \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Index generation \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Index" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard An index entry is created if you use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Index \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Entry \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/index-insert.png \end_inset . A box labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Index \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is inserted containing the text that appears in the index. The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed by LyX as the index entry. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections. For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one of the LaTeX books \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The index list is inserted in the document with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator List \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset / \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator Index \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset List \family default . A light blue box labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Index \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset will show the place where the index is printed in the output. The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Grouping Index Entries \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Index ! Grouping \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the index. We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated lists under the entry \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Lists \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . First we create the entry \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Lists \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Lists" \end_inset . In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Itemize" \end_inset , we insert the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold Lists ! Itemize \end_layout \begin_layout Standard and the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold Lists ! Enumerate \end_layout \begin_layout Standard for the enumerated list in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Enumerate" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The exclamation mark \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ! \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset marks the grouping levels. You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more. An index entry for the higher levels is not required. If we don't have an index entry for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Lists \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Page Ranges \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Index ! Page ranges \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed section. But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry. E. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments" \end_inset with the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold Paragraph environments|( \end_layout \begin_layout Standard and another entry at the end of section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:LyX-Code" \end_inset with the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold Paragraph environments|) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The commands \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \series bold |( \series default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \series bold |) \series default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset respectively start and end the index range. You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document. They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of the pages of the indexed document parts. An example is the index entry \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Document ! Settings \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Cross referencing \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Index ! Cross referencing \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is also possible to refer to another index entry. We referred for example in the index entry \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset GIF \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Image-Formats" \end_inset ) to the index entry \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Image formats \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in the same section using the entry \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold GIF|see{Image formats} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code. The text within the braces is the referenced entry. The reference will appear in the output without a page number. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Index Entry Order \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Index ! Entry order \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might then not follow the rules for the index order. The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Index-Program" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages. We have created as an example the three dummy index entries \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset maison \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset maïs \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset maître \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Dummy entries ! maïs \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Dummy entries ! maître \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Dummy entries ! maïs@maison \end_layout \end_inset They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the order maïs, maison, maître. To achieve this, we use the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold previous entry@current entry \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In our case we want to have \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset maison \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset after \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset maïs \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and write therefore for the index entry of maison: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold maïs@maison \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for an example. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the program \family sans makeindex \family default to generate the index (see sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Index-Program" \end_inset ). \family sans makeindex \family default would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Document-Font" \end_inset after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these index commands start with \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \series bold LaTeX-packages ! \series default \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset . The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote. To fix this \family sans makeindex \family default bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash let \backslash OrgIndex \backslash index \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash renewcommand*{ \backslash index}[1]{ \backslash OrgIndex{#1}} \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Index Entry Layout \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Index ! Entry layout \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog. \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Dummy entries ! \shape italic This is an italic dummy entry \end_layout \end_inset You can also format the page number using the character \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset | \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash. We can write for example \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold italic page number:|textit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard to get the page number in italic. \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit \end_layout \end_inset Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special case \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \series bold |command \series default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset means \series bold \backslash command{page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset number} \series default . Have a look at section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" \end_inset to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program \family sans makeindex \family default to generate the index, see sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Index-Program" \end_inset . If you use \family sans xindy \family default , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text. This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, see \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite after "p. 678 ff." key "latexcompanion" \end_inset for details. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown above. Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that. Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold. Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions. If so, put the following in the preamble \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash newcommand{ \backslash IndexDef}[1]{ \backslash textit{#1}} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard and write \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold my entry|IndexDef \end_layout \begin_layout Standard in the index entry. \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef \end_layout \end_inset The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also change the layout for the whole index. E. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font for all index entries. For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called \emph on Index Style File \emph default , see the \family sans makeindex \family default or \family sans xindy \family default documentation for details, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "makeindex,xindy" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Index Program \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Index ! Program \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Index-Program" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If the index entry program \family sans xindy \family default is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program \family sans makeindex \family default , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Makeindex \family default is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably that it was developed with only the English language in mind. So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly. We have shown above how to fix this sorting. However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider to use \family sans xindy \family default . \end_layout \end_inset Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:LaTeX-settings" \end_inset . The available options are listed and explained in \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "makeindex,xindy" \end_inset . In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate the index. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{} or the options in \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator Indexes \family default . This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options to the index program or if you need a specific layout style. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Multiple Indexes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In many fields, it is common to have more than one index. For instance, you might need to set up a separate \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Index of Names \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset next to the standard index. LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many packages that add this feature. LyX uses the \series bold splitidx \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! splitidx \end_layout \end_inset package to generate multiple indexes. The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions. If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "TeXCatalogue" \end_inset . Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well. Please consult the package's manual for details. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator Indexes \family default and select \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Use multiple Indexes \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Note that the list of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Available Indexes \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset below already contains the standard index. To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should also appear as a heading) to the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset New \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset input field and press the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Add \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset button. The new index should now appear in the list as well. If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index by selecting the index in the list and hitting the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset button. The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different indexes in the LyX work area. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index list in \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator List \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset / \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset TOC \family default and the \family sans Insert \family default menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes. The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there are some additional features: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type. Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Subindex \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level. E. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested to the non-subindexes. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Nomenclature / Glossary \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Nomenclature \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Glossary|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Nomenclature \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Nomenclature" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or glossary. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package \series bold nomencl \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! nomencl \end_layout \end_inset installed. You find it in the TeX Catalogue, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "TeXCatalogue" \end_inset or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry and then use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator \family default N \family sans omenclature \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Entry \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/nomencl-insert.png \end_inset . A gray box labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Nom \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries. The first is the symbol that you want to refer to. The second is the description of the symbol. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Nomenclature Definition and Layout \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Nomenclature ! Layout \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the \family sans Symbol \family default field as LaTeX-formulas. For example to get \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , insert this: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold $ \backslash sigma$ \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series default The \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset $ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset character starts/ends the formula. The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning with a backslash \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \backslash \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter, like \series bold \backslash Sigma \series default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" \end_inset .) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You cannot use the \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands. For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in this document is: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold dummy entry for the character \backslash textsf{sigma} \series default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The command \series bold \backslash textsf \series default sets the fonts to \family sans sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif \family default . To get \series bold bold \series default font use the command \series bold \backslash textbf \series default , for \family typewriter typewriter \family default use \series bold \backslash texttt \series default , for \emph on emphasized \emph default use \series bold \backslash emph \series default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Nomenclature ! Sort order \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of the symbol definition. This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas. Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols \emph on a \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature symbol "a" description "dummy entry for the character \"a\"" \end_inset \emph default and \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature prefix "sigma" symbol "$\\sigma$" description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}" \end_inset . They will be sorted by \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans a \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter $ \backslash sigma$ \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset – the \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset will be sorted before the \emph on a \emph default since the character \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset $ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is considered in sorting. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To control the sort order, you can edit the \family sans Sort \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset as \family default field of the nomenclature dialog. Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol definition. For the example given, you can insert \family typewriter sigma \family default in this field for the \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset , then \emph on a \emph default will be located before \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the \series bold nomencl \series default documentation, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "nomencl" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Nomenclature Options \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Nomenclature ! Options \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \series bold nomencl \series default package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature. Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation: \end_layout \begin_layout Description refeq Appends the phrase \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans , see equation ( \emph on eq \emph default ) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to every nomenclature entry, where \family sans \emph on eq \family default \emph default is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry \end_layout \begin_layout Description refpage Appends the phrase \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans , page ( \emph on page \emph default ) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to every nomenclature entry, where \family sans \emph on page \family default \emph default is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared \end_layout \begin_layout Description intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document class options list in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default dialog. In this document the options \series bold refpage, intoc \series default are used. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the \family sans Description \family default field in the nomenclature dialog: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \backslash nomrefeq Like the \series bold refeq \series default option \end_layout \begin_layout Description \backslash nomrefpage Like the \series bold refpage \series default option \end_layout \begin_layout Description \backslash nomrefeqpage Short notation of \series bold \backslash nomrefeq \backslash nomrefpage \end_layout \begin_layout Description \backslash nomnorefeq, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \backslash nomnorefpage, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \backslash nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Words like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset page \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset are automatically translated for some document languages. If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \series bold \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation \backslash nobreakspace(#1)} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash pagedeclaration}[1]{, page \backslash nobreakspace{}#1} \series default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset and replace \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset see equation \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset page \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset by their translation. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Printing the Nomenclature \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Nomenclature ! Printing \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To print the nomenclature, use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Lists \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset / \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator Nomenclature \family default . A box labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Nomenclature \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output. \lang english By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered. You can choose between these settings: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Default a space of 1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm is used \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Longest \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset label \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Custom custom space \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Nomenclature \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the command \series bold \backslash nomname \series default in the preamble. For example, in order to change the name to \emph on List of Symbols \emph default , add the following line to the preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series bold \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash nomname}{List of Symbols} \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Nomenclature Program \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Nomenclature ! Program \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Nomenclature-Program" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX uses the program \family sans makeindex \family default , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature. LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control \family sans makeindex \family default by adding options, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:LaTeX-settings" \end_inset . The available options are listed and explained in \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "nomencl,makeindex" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Branches \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Branches \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Branches \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Branches" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output. For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches. The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated. To create a branch, either select the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator Insert New Branch \family default (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default dialog to \family sans Branches \family default , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not), its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active (see below for an example). Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch to the name of the other) and to add \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset unknown branches \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents , without having being defined) to the document's branch list. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes. These boxes are inserted via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Branch \family default where you can choose a branch. You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking on them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Branch Question status open \begin_layout Standard Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner? \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Branch Answer status collapsed \begin_layout Standard Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you activate \family sans Filename Suffix \family default in \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator Branches \family default , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export. Consider for example a file \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Exam.lyx \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset which has the above branches. If \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Filename Suffix \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is active, the PDF export file would be called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Exam.pdf \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset if both the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Question \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Answer \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset branch were inactive, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Exam-Question.pdf \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset if only the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Question \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset branch was active, likewise \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Exam-Answer.pdf \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset if only the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Answer \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset branch was active, and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Exam-Question-Answer.pdf \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset if both branches were active. This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without much hassle. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets, like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each branch. For example you can define for the question branch \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash newcommand{ \backslash question}[1]{#1} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash newcommand{ \backslash answer}[1]{} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard and for the answer branch \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash newcommand{ \backslash question}[1]{} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash newcommand{ \backslash answer}[1]{#1} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Branch Question status open \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash newcommand{ \backslash question}[1]{#1} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash newcommand{ \backslash answer}[1]{} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Branch Answer status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash newcommand{ \backslash question}[1]{} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash newcommand{ \backslash answer}[1]{#1} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Now it is possible to use the commands \series bold \backslash question{\SpecialChar \ldots{} } \series default and \series bold \backslash answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{} } \series default to obtain conditional output. Here is an example formula where only the \series bold \backslash question \series default part appears: \begin_inset Formula \[ x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}. \] \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section PDF Properties \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:PDF-Properties" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout PDF properties \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Document Settings \family default dialog allows you in the \family sans PDF Properties \family default to set up special options for the PDF output of your document. All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package \series bold hyperref \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! hyperref \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Using \series bold hyperref \series default will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output. This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced document part. You can specify in the dialog tab \family sans Hyperlinks \family default how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences are created. The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry is referenced. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In the dialog tab \family sans Bookmarks \family default you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document. You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections or not. With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF. For example level \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1 will only display the sections. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The header information in the dialog tab \family sans General \family default are saved together with the PDF as file properties. Many programs are able to extract this information to e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about. This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues. When the option \family sans Automatic fill header \family default is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document title and author settings. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The option \family sans Load in fullscreen mode \family default will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard PDF properties are also used in this document. When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional \series bold hyperref \series default options are used. For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "hyperref" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:TeX-Code" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection TeX Code Boxes \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout TeX Code \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and constructs, but not all. LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands. All the time packages are being updated and new ones added. This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there is for every problem a LaTeX-package. But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their commands. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the TeX Code box. A TeX Code box is created by the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator TeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Code \family default or by the toolbar button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/ert-insert.png \end_inset . The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code. Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text. For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore using the LaTeX-command \series bold \backslash fbox \series default , you can write the command part \series bold \backslash fbox{ \series default in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace \series bold } \series default in a second TeX Code box behind the word. The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in the following example: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/ERT.png scale 89 \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard gives \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This is a line with a \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash fbox{ \end_layout \end_inset framed \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset word. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space to let LaTeX know that the command is finished. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax \begin_inset Argument status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The LaTeX Syntax \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX Syntax \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background. Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset program \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset your text. This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at any time if you know the right commands. E. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the end of the day. Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have all caption labels bold. But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels in your manual. Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one day. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Now LaTeX comes into play. As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package. First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package database, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "Catalogue" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As result you know that the package \series bold caption \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! caption \end_layout \end_inset is what you need. To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default ) with the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash usepackage[options]{package name} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within two braces, and the options are set within two brackets. Note that not all commands have an argument and options. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In your case the package name is \series bold caption \series default . After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option \series bold labelfont=bf \series default will change the font of all caption labels to bold. So you add the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard to the preamble and the problem is solved. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For more commands provided by the \series bold caption \series default package, have a look at its documentation, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "caption" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems like your case. For example if you use a \family sans KOMA-Script \family default class, you don't need the package \series bold caption \series default , you can instead write \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash setkomafont{captionlabel}{ \backslash bfseries} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard in the preamble and the problem is solved. So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the documentation of the document class you want to use. ( \series bold \backslash setkomafont \series default is an example of a command with more than one argument.) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command argument. To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in the previous section. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the LaTeX-books \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "latexcompanion,latexguide" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash pagestyle{fancy} \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Left Header \begin_inset Argument status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash rightmark \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Note Note status open \begin_layout Plain Layout defines the header line as described below \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Center Header \begin_inset Argument status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Right Header \begin_inset Argument status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash leftmark \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Left Footer \begin_inset Argument status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash thepage \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Center Footer \begin_inset Argument status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series bold \color red LyX's user guide \end_layout \end_inset Magic code: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Right Footer \begin_inset Argument status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash Roman{page} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Customized Page Headers and Footers \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english Document ! Header/Footer line \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english Header/Footer line \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need to set the headings style to \family sans Fancy \family default in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default dialog under \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default . As second step add in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator Modules \family default the module \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Custom Header/Footerlines \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . This module offers the 6 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset styles \end_layout \begin_layout Description Left \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Center \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header \end_layout \begin_layout Description Left \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Center \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer \end_layout \begin_layout Standard for the different positions in the header/footer. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document. but you can change them anywhere you want to. Figure \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Page-layout" \end_inset shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float figure placement h wide false sideways false status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \noindent \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Left Header \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Center Header \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Right Header \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout The normal text on the page goes here. The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including footnotes). Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Left Footer \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Center Footer \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Right Footer \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "fig:Page-layout" \end_inset Page layout with custom header and footer line. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Definition \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To define your header line, add all 3 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset header styles. The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in the optional arguments on even pages. For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and can be omitted. If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output. Defining the footer line works similar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted as TeX-code (menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Te \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset X \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Code \family default ): \end_layout \begin_layout Description \backslash thepage prints the current page number \end_layout \begin_layout Description \backslash Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals \end_layout \begin_layout Description \backslash roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals \end_layout \begin_layout Description \backslash leftmark prints the current section number and title. If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and title instead. It is called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset leftmark \begin_inset Quotes prd \end_inset because it usually goes in a left header. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \backslash rightmark prints the current subsection number and title. If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and title instead. It is normally used in the right header. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Default header/footer \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The custom header/footer is not empty by default. The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center footer has the page number. In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank. So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank \family sans Center \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer \family default style. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Appearance \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The header and footer will appear on normal pages. Some pages are different. The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts a new part or chapter in your book. Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal. There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Header and footer decoration line \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By default, you get a 0.4 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt thick line below the header and no footer line. This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands \series bold \backslash headrulewidth \series default and \series bold \backslash footrulewidth \series default in the following scheme: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash headrulewidth}{thickness} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Where thickness is a size in standard units like \family sans pt \family default or \family sans mm \family default . If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX. If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 4.4 of the book \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "Mittelbach" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Several header/footer lines \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition. However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one text line. To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length \series bold \backslash headheight \series default or \series bold \backslash footheight \series default in this scheme in your document preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash setlength{ \backslash headheight}{height} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Where height is a size in standard units. If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define your header/footer and preview your document as PDF. Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator La \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset TeX Log \family default and look via the button \family sans Next \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Warning \family default if you find a warning of the package \series bold fancyhdr \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr \end_layout \end_inset . If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least for your header/footer. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection This example \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers. Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example. This example consists of the following definition: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Left \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header \series bold \backslash rightmark \series default , empty optional argument \end_layout \begin_layout Description Center \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header empty, empty optional argument \end_layout \begin_layout Description Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header empty, \series bold \backslash leftmark \series default in the optional argument \end_layout \begin_layout Description Left \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer empty, \series bold \backslash thepage \series default in the optional argument \end_layout \begin_layout Description Center \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer \family sans \series bold \color red LyX's user guide \family default \series default \color inherit , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Magic code: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in the optional argument \end_layout \begin_layout Description Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer \series bold \backslash Roman{page} \series default , empty optional argument \end_layout \begin_layout Description \backslash headrulewidth set to 2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of floats. For more special things like e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset thumb-indexes, see the manual of the \series bold fancyhdr \series default package, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "fancyhdr" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Newpage clearpage \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash pagestyle{headings} \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english switches back to page style with the default headings \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Previewing Snippets of your Document \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Instant preview \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Preview \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having to break your train of thought with \family sans View\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package \series bold preview-latex \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex \end_layout \end_inset as explained below, and turn on \family sans Instant \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset preview \family default in the \family sans Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preferences \family default dialog under Look \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator Display. The \family sans Preview \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Size \family default is the multiplication factor for the size. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish editing an inset. Previews of an already loaded document are \emph on not \emph default generated just by selecting the \family sans Instant \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset preview \family default check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX will generate previews of math insets. It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the \family sans Show \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset preview \family default check box in the insert dialog. This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for example. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package \series bold preview-latex \series default (on some systems named simply \series bold preview \series default ) installed. If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "TeXCatalogue" \end_inset or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system. You obtain prettier results if you install the program \family typewriter pnmcrop \family default from the \family typewriter netpbm \family default package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together with LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it. Use the menu \family sans View\SpecialChar \menuseparator View \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Source \family default and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code. The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is currently in. You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code. To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in the source view window. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Advanced Find and Replace \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Advanced-Find-and" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Replace \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Find \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex, format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents. It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature. The key-features are: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex formulas \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with a section heading will only be found within section headings \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Search may be widened to a specific \emph on scope \emph default , i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited, all the open files, or all the manuals available from the \family sans Help \family default menu \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase) \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Basic usage \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Find & Replace \noun on ( \noun default Advanced \noun on ) \family default \noun default (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv" \end_inset ) or the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv" \end_inset . This opens the \family sans Advanced Find and Replace \family default dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Searching for text \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Enter into the \family sans Find \family default LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking on the \family sans Find Next \family default button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the \family sans Return \family default key). The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text. Pressing repeatedly \family sans Enter \family default keeps searching forward. Similarly, pressing \family sans Shift+Enter \family default searches for the entered text backwards. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard While searching, the \family sans Case sensitive \family default option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the \family sans Find \family default editor. The \family sans Whole words \family default option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Searching for mathematics \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the \family sans Find \family default editor a mathematical formula, such as \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ \end_inset or also something more complex like \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$ \end_inset . When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example the mentioned segments would be found in something like \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Style-aware search \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is also possible to search for text with specific styles. This is done by switching to the \family sans Settings \family default tab of the dialog and unchecking the \family sans Ignore format \family default option. This way, entering in the \family sans Find \family default editor \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring in emphasized or boldface. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective instances with same face only, and within the same text style only. Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences of if only within section headings. Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same style. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Replace \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The text segments matching the text entered in the \family sans Find \family default editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the \family sans Replace \family default \noun on \noun default editor. In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the \family sans Replace \family default button or alternatively \noun on \noun default press \family sans Enter \family default or \family sans Shift+Enter \family default while being in the \family sans Replace \family default \noun on \noun default editor. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching text segments in your document. Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention a few): \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset func() \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset with its typewriter version \family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset func() \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ; \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing occurrences of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $R$ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset with \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (you may want to enable the \family sans Whole words \family default and \family sans Case sensitive \family default options and disable the \family sans Ignore format \family default option in the \family sans Settings \family default tab, in order to avoid replacing all \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset R \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$ \end_inset with \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$ \end_inset , or occurrences of \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$ \end_inset with \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Advanced usage \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry: \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into the \family sans Find \family default editor. This is done via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Insert Regular Expression \family default while the cursor is in the \family sans Find \family default editor. Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular expression matching rules \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX text segment, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed to match expressions. \end_layout \end_inset , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the same text in the document. Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual. Examples of using such a feature may be: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering in the \family sans Find \family default editor the fraction \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$ \end_inset (where the \begin_inset Formula $.*$ \end_inset on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all fractions with the given denominator. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking the \family sans Ignore format \family default option from the \family sans Settings \family default tab, entering a \series bold \begin_inset Formula $.*$ \end_inset \series default regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds all emphasized and bold face text, respectively. Also, inserting a \begin_inset Formula $.*$ \end_inset regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading, you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual, enclosing parts of the expression within round braces \begin_inset Formula $()$ \end_inset , and referring back to them through \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$ \end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$ \end_inset , etc.. For example, try searching for the regexp \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$ \end_inset in order to find word repetitions, if there are any. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp, and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$ \end_inset always refers to the first occurrence of \begin_inset Formula $()$ \end_inset in all entered regexps. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet) implemented. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Spell Checking \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Spellchecking" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spell checking \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX has a built-in spell checker. The menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Spellchecker \family default , the key \family sans F7 \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show spellchecker" \end_inset starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position. A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line. Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text scrolled so that it is visible. In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio n, if any could be found. Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the \family sans Replacement \family default field, double-click invokes directly the replacement. Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language that is set in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default dialog. You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing a different one at the top of the dialog. LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages. This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and have the spell checker dictionaries installed. LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Further Settings \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In LyX's preferences dialog under \family sans Language \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Spellchecker \family default you can set the following things: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Spellchecker \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking. Depending on your platform, \family typewriter aspell \family default , \family typewriter hunspell \family default or \family typewriter enchant \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends. Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more. \end_layout \end_inset \family default are available. On Windows only \family typewriter hunspell \family default is available. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Alternative \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Escape \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker should escape, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset German umlauts. This should normally not be needed. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Accept \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset compound \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset passthrough \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Spellcheck \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it. Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line. By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear in the context menu. Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested word. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Spellcheck \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset notes \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked as well. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Thesaurus \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Thesaurus \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Thesaurus" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus. It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely the \family typewriter MyThes \family default \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset thesaurus library, which is included in LyX). Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which are available for many languages. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for the use with LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Setting up the thesaurus \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family typewriter MyThes \family default \emph on / \emph default OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix \emph on *.dat \emph default containing the data and an index file with the suffix \emph on *.idx \emph default . The standardized file names include the language code for the given language (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. en_EN for English). For instance, the English files are named: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize th_en_EN_v2.idx \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize th_en_EN_v2.dat \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be already on your system. If not, you can get dictionaries either from \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes \end_layout \end_inset or from the site \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus \end_layout \end_inset . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Note that, as of OpenOffice \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 3.0, the files on \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://extensions.services.openoffice.org \end_layout \end_inset are usually packed in extension archives ( \emph on *.oxt \emph default ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the thesauri. These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would unpack a zip archive. \end_layout \end_inset Put the \emph on *.idx \emph default and \emph on *.dat \emph default files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder s), and specify the path to this directory in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paths \family default . Now the thesaurus should be ready to use. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Using the thesaurus \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To start the thesaurus, use the menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Thesaurus \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/thesaurus-entry.png rotateOrigin center \end_inset while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is selected. A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as replacement. The proposals are grouped into categories. Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms and hyponyms (such as \emph on plant \emph default for \emph on tree \emph default ), compounds (such as \emph on tree diagram \emph default ) and antonyms (such as \emph on women \emph default for \emph on men \emph default ), which are marked as such. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look up directly there. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in the dictionary, such as the above \emph on tree diagram \emph default ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs). For example looking up the word forms \emph on reports \emph default or \emph on reporting \emph default yields no results, while results are shown for the word form \emph on report \emph default . Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \emph on report \emph default in \emph on report \emph default s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted part will be replaced, thus the ending remains). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection License of the Thesaurus library \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \emph on MyThes \emph default library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by \noun on Kevin B. Hendricks \noun default as a standalone program. Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX. The library was released under the \emph on Berkeley Database License \emph default , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL. In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder \family sans ~src/support/mythes/license.readme \family default . In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file \family sans MyThes-License.txt \family default that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Change Tracking \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Change Tracking \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Change Tracking \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Change-Tracking" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document. You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not. This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator Track \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors: \bar under \color blue underlined text \bar default \color inherit is an addition, \strikeout on \color blue canceled text \strikeout default \color inherit is a deletion. The color depends on the author that made the change. You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under \family sans Look \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset feel \family default , \family sans Colors \family default . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Color ! Change tracking \end_layout \end_inset The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when the cursor is in changed text. The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/changes-merge.png rotateOrigin center \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX: \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Toolbar ! Review \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/ChangesToolbar.png \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following buttons: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/changes-track.png rotateOrigin center \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator Track \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/changes-output.png rotateOrigin center \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator Show \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset in \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/change-next.png rotateOrigin center \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Jumps to the next change \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/change-accept.png rotateOrigin center \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator Accept \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Change \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/change-reject.png rotateOrigin center \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator Reject \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Change \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/changes-merge.png rotateOrigin center \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator Merge \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/all-changes-accept.png rotateOrigin center \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator Accept \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset All \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/all-changes-reject.png rotateOrigin center \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator Reject \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset All \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/note-insert.png rotateOrigin center \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/note-next.png rotateOrigin center \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator Next \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons. When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about the next change after the current cursor position. So you don't need to highlight a certain change. Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and step to the next change. This way you can jump through all the changes in the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important to describe a change. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package \series bold dvipost \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! dvipost \end_layout \end_inset installed. You will find it in the TeX Catalogue, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "TeXCatalogue" \end_inset or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Comparison of Documents \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english Comparison of documents \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can compare two different LyX files via the menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Compare \family default . The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing the differences. In the comparison dialog you can select with the option \family sans Copy \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset from \family default from which document LyX should take the document settings for the resulting difference file. The option \family sans Enable \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset tracking \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset features \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset in \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset the \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset output \family default enables the change tracking option \family sans Show \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset in \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \family default to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file. \end_layout \begin_layout Section International Support \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout International support \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want. For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain how to set up LyX to use them: \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Special-Character" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Language Options \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Language ! Options \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Language \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default dialog lets you set \family roman the language and character encoding for your language. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Choose your language in the \family sans Language \family default section of this dialog. The default is \family sans English \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Under \family sans Encoding \family default you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export. The option \family sans Language Default \family default is the preferred choice and works well in most cases. For details about the different encoding options see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:The-Document-Settings" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Keyboard mapping configuration \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Keyboard-mapping" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you can use an alternate keymap. For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap. The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Keyboard-Map" \end_inset . You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select which one you want to use. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance). You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S. keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German. In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing one to support the characters you want. This and many other customizations are explained in the \emph on Customization \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Character Tables \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cap:The-latin1-character" \end_inset shows the \family typewriter Latin1 \family default character set. You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly from the keyboard. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are a few things you need to know about this table. Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters from the \family typewriter Latin1 \family default character set: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Even if you have selected \family sans latin1 \family default in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default dialog, users who have only the \family typewriter T1 \family default -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the \family typewriter T1 \family default -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0, DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the french quotes won't show up. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table wide false sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "cap:The-latin1-character" \end_inset The \family typewriter latin1 \family default character set \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 00 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 10 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 20 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 30 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 40 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 50 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 60 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 70 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 80 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 90 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none A0 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none B0 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none C0 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none D0 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none E0 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none F0 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 00 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 0 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none @ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none P \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ' \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none p \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ° \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none À \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ð \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none à \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ð \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 01 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ! \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 1 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none A \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Q \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none a \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none q \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ¡ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ± \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Á \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ñ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none á \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ñ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 02 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 2 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none B \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none R \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none b \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none r \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ¢ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ² \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none  \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ò \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none â \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ò \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 03 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none # \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 3 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none C \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none S \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none c \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none s \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none £ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ³ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none à \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ó \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ã \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ó \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 04 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none $ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 4 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none D \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none T \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none d \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none t \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ¤ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ´ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ä \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ô \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ä \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ô \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 05 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none % \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 5 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none E \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none U \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none e \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none u \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ¥ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none µ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Å \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Õ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none å \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none õ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 06 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none & \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 6 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none F \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none V \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none f \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none v \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ¦ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ¶ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Æ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ö \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none æ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ö \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 07 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ` \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 7 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none G \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none W \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none g \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none w \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none § \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none · \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ç \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none × \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ç \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ÷ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 08 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ( \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 8 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none H \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none X \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none h \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none x \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ¨ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ¸ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none È \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ø \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none è \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ø \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 09 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 9 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none I \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Y \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none i \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none y \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none © \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ¹ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none É \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ù \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none é \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ù \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 0A \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none * \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none : \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none J \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Z \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none j \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none z \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ª \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none º \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ê \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ú \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ê \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ú \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 0B \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ; \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none K \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none [ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none k \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none { \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none « \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none » \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ë \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Û \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ë \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none û \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 0C \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none , \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none < \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none L \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \backslash \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none l \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none | \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ¬ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ¼ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ì \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ü \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ì \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ü \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 0D \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none = \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none M \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ] \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none m \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none } \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout – \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ½ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Í \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ý \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none í \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ý \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 0E \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none . \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none > \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none N \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ^ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none n \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ~ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ® \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ¾ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Î \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Þ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none î \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none þ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size tiny \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 0F \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none / \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ? \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none O \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none _ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none o \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ¯ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ¿ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ï \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ß \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ï \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none ÿ \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display directly. It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but also the characters from \family typewriter ISO8859–2 \family default through \family typewriter 4 \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize From \family typewriter ISO8859–1 \family default : \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset diaeresis \end_layout \begin_layout Standard ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset circumflex \end_layout \begin_layout Standard ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset grave \end_layout \begin_layout Standard ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset acute \end_layout \begin_layout Standard ~ Ã Ñ Õ ã ñ õ \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset tilde \end_layout \begin_layout Standard ¸Çç \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset cedilla \end_layout \begin_layout Standard ¯ \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset macron \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize From \family typewriter ISO8859–2 \family default through \family typewriter 4 \family default : \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard ĤĴĥĵĈĜŜĉĝŝ \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset circumflex \end_layout \begin_layout Standard ŚŹśźŔĹĆŃŕĺćń \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset acute \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Ĩı̃Ũũ \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset tilde \end_layout \begin_layout Standard ŞşŢţŖĻĢŗļģŅĶņķ \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset cedilla \end_layout \begin_layout Standard ĒēĀĪŌŪāı̄ōū \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset macron \end_layout \begin_layout Standard ŐŰőű \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset Hungarian umlaut \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts. In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters. Also make sure you're using the \family typewriter T1 \family default font-encoding. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter \start_of_appendix The User Interface \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "chap:The-User-Interface" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality. It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special topic inside the user's guide. \end_layout \begin_layout Section The File Menu \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Menu ! File \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Under the \family sans File \family default menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection New \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Creates a new document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection New from Template \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu entry prompts you for a template to use. Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Open \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Opens a document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Open Recent \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files. Click there on a file to open it. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Close \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Closes the current document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Close All \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Closes all opened documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Save \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Saves the actual document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Save As \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Save All \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Saves all opened documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Revert to saved \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Reloads the actual document from disk. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Version Control \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This is used when more people are working on the same document. It is described in the section \emph on Version Control in LyX \emph default of the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Import \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV) as a new LyX-document. The files will be imported as new LyX-document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When using the menu entry \family sans Plain \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Text \family default , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu entry \family sans Plain \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Text, Join \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Lines \family default , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph. A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Export \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Export" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can export your document to various file formats. The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file. The menu entries are not the same on all installations. They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Output-file-formats" \end_inset : \end_layout \begin_layout Description CJK \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset L \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset yX format of the special LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Description DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup language \family typewriter DocBook \end_layout \begin_layout Description DocBook \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup language \family typewriter DocBook \end_layout \begin_layout Description DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format. This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in files paths or file names in your document. LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to \family sans DVI \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description DVI DVI-format that also allows to use special characters or spaces in files paths or file names \end_layout \begin_layout Description DVI \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (LuaT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX) DVI-format using the program \family typewriter LuaTeX \family default ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts; \series bold \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Graphviz \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Dot text file with code in the programming language \family typewriter Dot \family default that is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program \family typewriter Graphviz \end_layout \begin_layout Description HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not work in all cases) \end_layout \begin_layout Description HTML \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (MS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to \family sans MS Word \family default ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not in the format \family sans MathML \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description LaT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (LuaT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX) text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program \family typewriter LuaTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Description LaT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document will be converted to a format that is readable by the \family typewriter pdflatex \family default program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG) \end_layout \begin_layout Description LaT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (plain) text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable by the \family typewriter latex \family default program \end_layout \begin_layout Description LaT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (XeT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX) text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program \family typewriter XeTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Description LilyPond \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset book \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (La \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the music notation software \family typewriter LilyPond \end_layout \begin_layout Description L \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset yX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Archive \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (zip) creates a zip-archive file that contains your document and all files that are necessary to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files, etc.) \end_layout \begin_layout Description L \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset yX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset z \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset y \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset represent the version number) \end_layout \begin_layout Description L \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine \end_layout \begin_layout Description NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language \family typewriter NoWeb \end_layout \begin_layout Description OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with \family sans OpenOffice \family default , \family sans KOffice \family default , \family sans Abiword \family default , etc. (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in all cases) \end_layout \begin_layout Description PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (dvipdfm) PDF-format using the program \family typewriter dvipdfm \family default , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file \end_layout \begin_layout Description PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (LuaT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX) PDF-format using the program \family typewriter LuaTeX \family default , produces PDF-files directly \end_layout \begin_layout Description PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) PDF-format using the program \family typewriter pdflatex \family default , produces PDF-files directly \end_layout \begin_layout Description PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ps2pdf) PDF-format using the program \family typewriter ps2pdf \family default , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file \end_layout \begin_layout Description PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (XeT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX) PDF-format using the program \family typewriter XeTeX \family default , produces PDF-files directly \end_layout \begin_layout Description Plain \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text text format \end_layout \begin_layout Description Plain \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ps2ascii) text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format and then exported as text using the program \family sans ps2ascii \end_layout \begin_layout Description Postscript PostScript format using the program \family typewriter dvips \end_layout \begin_layout Description Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical programming language \family typewriter R \family default . Using the \family typewriter R \family default -function \family typewriter Sweave \family default it is possible to use \family typewriter R \family default -commands in LaTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If one of the menu entries \family sans DVI \family default , \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) \family default or \family sans Postscript \family default is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation. After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup" \end_inset . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Reconfiguration of LyX \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Print \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript format or send it to a printer. The printer will also use the document in PostScript format. The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the program \family typewriter dvips \family default . For more information have a look at section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Printing-the-File" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Fax \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH prefix, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Paths" \end_inset ). With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like \family typewriter hylapex \family default or \family typewriter kdeprintfax \family default . The default format of the sent file is PostScript. The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Converters" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection New and Close Window \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Opens or closes a new instance of LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Exit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits. \end_layout \begin_layout Section The Edit Menu \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Menu ! Edit \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Undo and Redo \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Select All \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Selects the whole document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Find & Replace (Quick) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Find & Replace (Advanced) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Move Paragraph Up/Down \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph up or down. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Text Style \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Paragraph Settings \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Paragraph ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width. These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default dialog under \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Table Settings and Math \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula. Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas. The properties of tables are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Tables" \end_inset , the properties of formulas in chapter \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Increase / Decrease List Depth \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can be nested. They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" \end_inset and \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Numbering-depth" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section The View Menu \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Menu ! View \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans View \family default menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual document with an external program. The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured. All possible formats are formats listed in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Export" \end_inset . You should at least see the menu entries \family sans DVI \family default and \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) \family default . If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation. After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup" \end_inset . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Reconfiguration of LyX \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Invoking a menu will start a viewer program. The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset . The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset At the bottom of the \family sans View \family default menu the opened documents are listed. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Open/Close all Insets \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Opens/closes all insets in your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Unfold/Fold Math Macros \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Unfolds/folds the current math macro. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Math macros are described in the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection View Source \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection View Messages \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Opens a window showing console messages. This is useful for debugging LyX (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background while LaTeX is processing the document, \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection View \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output format either in the preferences (see sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset ) or in the document settings (see sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Doc-Output" \end_inset ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer. The default output format is \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection View (Other Formats) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Update \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in the default output format as described in the previous section) without opening a new viewer window. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Update (Other Formats) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats of your document without opening a new viewer window. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection View Master Document \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document, which is then its \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset master \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (see section \emph on Child Documents \emph default in the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual for more information on this topic). This item allows you to view the master document from within its child. That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a book, \family sans View Master \family default generates the output of the whole book, while \family sans View \family default will just output the chapter alone. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The format used by this function is the default output format as specified in the preferences (see sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset ) or in the document settings (see sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Doc-Output" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Update Master Document \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document, which is then its \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset master \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (see section \emph on Child Documents \emph default in the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual for more information on this topic). This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within its child without the need to switch to the master document itself. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The format used by this function is the default output format as specified in the preferences (see sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset ) or in the document settings (see sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Doc-Output" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Split View \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally. This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to view the same document, but at different positions. You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3 or more documents at the same time. To return to an unsplit view, use the menu \family sans Close Current View \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Close Current View \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Closes a split view. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Fullscreen \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so that you will see nothing but your text. It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen. To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Toolbars \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Toolbars" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Toolbar \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars. All toolbars and the \family sans Command \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Buffer \family default can be turned on and off. The \emph on on \emph default state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark. The \family sans Review \family default , \family sans Table \family default , \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panels \family default , and \family sans Math \family default toolbars can be additionally set to the state \emph on automatic \emph default that is denoted in the menu with the suffix \family sans (auto) \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In the \emph on on \emph default state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the \emph on automatic \emph default state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment or when a certain feature is enabled. That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor is inside a formula or table, respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Toolbars" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section The Insert Menu \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Menu ! Insert \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Math \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas" \end_inset and the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Special Character \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Special-Character" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can insert the following characters: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system. Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default Not all characters will be visible in the \family sans Symbols \family default dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences dialog (see sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Screen-Fonts" \end_inset ) can display every character. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{} \end_layout \begin_layout Description End \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Abbreviations" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Ordinary \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default dialog under \family sans Language \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Single \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Quote Inserts this quote: \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Protected \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash- \end_layout \begin_layout Description Breakable \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{} \end_layout \begin_layout Description Menu \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator \end_layout \begin_layout Description Phonetic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Symbols \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Phonetic symbols \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Language ! Phonetic symbols \end_layout \end_inset Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset. Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols. For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package \series bold tipa \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! tipa \end_layout \end_inset installed. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of \series bold tipa, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "tipa" \end_inset \series default and this Wiki-page: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Formatting \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can insert the following format constructs: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Superscript Inserts a superscript: test \begin_inset script superscript \begin_layout Plain Layout a, b \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Subscript Inserts a subscript: test \begin_inset script subscript \begin_layout Plain Layout 3x \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Protected \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Protected-Space" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Inter-word \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Inter-word-Space" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Thin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Thin-Space" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Horizontal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space Inserts horizontal space, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Horizontal-Space" \end_inset for a description. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Horizontal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines" \end_inset for a description. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Vertical \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space Inserts vertical space, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Vertical-Space" \end_inset for a description. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Phantom-Space" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Hyphenation \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Hyphenation" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Ligature \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break Inserts a ligature break, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Ligatures" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Ragged \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break Inserts a forced line break, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Justified \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken text line to the page border, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken text page to the page border, described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Clear \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Clear \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Double \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection List / TOC \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry. The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:toc" \end_inset . The index list is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Index" \end_inset , the nomenclature in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nomenclature" \end_inset and the BibTeX bibliography in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Bibliography-databases" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Float \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To insert floats, described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Floats" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Note \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To insert notes, described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Notes" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Branch \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts branch insets as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Branches" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Custom Insets \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts document class-specific insets. Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain document class. An example is the document class \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset article (Elsevier) \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset with three custom insets. The section \emph on Flex insets and InsetLayout \emph default of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual explains how custom insets are defined. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection File \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout External Material \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX files in your document. How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter \emph on External Stuff \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Box \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Boxes \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a minipage box that is described section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Minipages" \end_inset . All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter \emph on Boxes \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Citation \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a citation as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Cross-Reference \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a cross-reference as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Label \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a label as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Caption \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Captions \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Longtables ! Caption \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a caption in a float or longtable. Floats are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Floats" \end_inset , captions in longtables are described in the section \emph on Longtable Captions \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Index Entry \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts an index entry as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Index" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Nomenclature Entry \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nomenclature" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Table \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a table. Tables are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Tables" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Graphics \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a graphic. Graphics are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Graphics" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection URL \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts an URL as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:URLs" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Hyperlinks \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a hyperlink as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Hyperlinks" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Footnote \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a footnote, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Footnotes" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Marginal Note \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a marginal note, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Marginal-Notes" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Short Title \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a short title, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Short-Titles" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection TeX Code \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a TeX Code box, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes" \end_inset for a description. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Program Listing \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Program listings \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a program listings box. Program listings are explained in the chapter \emph on Program Code Listings \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Date \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts the actual date. The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for LyX's menus. LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared in the section \emph on External Material \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section The Navigate Menu \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Menu ! Navigate \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of the current document. This allows you to navigate easily through you document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Bookmarks \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks. This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have to jump e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset between section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.5 and 6.3. To create bookmarks for this example, go to section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.5 and use the menu \family sans Save \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bookmark \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1 \family default . Then go to section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 6.3 and use \family sans Save \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bookmark \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family default 2. Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by the key bindings \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "bookmark-goto 1" \end_inset and \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "bookmark-goto 2" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents. The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Next Note, Change, Cross-reference \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current cursor position. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Go to Label \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference. Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Forward Search \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part in the output, see section \emph on Forward \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset search \emph default in the \emph on Additional \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Features \emph default manual for a detailed description. \end_layout \begin_layout Section The Document Menu \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Menu ! Document \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Change Tracking \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Change Tracking is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Change-Tracking" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection LaT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX Log \end_layout \begin_layout Standard After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be enabled. It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background. \emph on Experts \emph default will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Outline \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Navigating" \end_inset and \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Table-of-Contents" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Start Appendix Here \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor position as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Appendices" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Compressed \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Un/compresses the current document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Settings \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The document settings are described in appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:The-Document-Settings" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section The Tools Menu \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Menu ! Tools \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Spellchecker \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Spell checking is explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Spellchecking" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Thesaurus \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The thesaurus is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Thesaurus" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Statistics \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Word count \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Character count \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted document part. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection TeX Information \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout TeX Information \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Reconfigure \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LyX ! Reconfigure|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Reconfiguration of LyX \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Reconfiguration of LyX \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs it needs; see also section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Preferences \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section The Help Menu \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Menu ! Help \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's menus. Is a file not available in this language, the English version will be listed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The menu \family sans LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Configuration \family default shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes found by LyX (see also section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Section Toolbars \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Toolbars" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Toolbars" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is also possible to define custom toolbars. This is described in the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Standard Toolbar \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Toolbar ! Standard \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/StandardToolbar.png width 100col% \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following buttons: \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash setlength{ \backslash LTleft}{0pt} \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout This is necessary to left align the following longtables. See the \emph on Embedded Objects \emph default manual for more information. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png clip \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout pull-down box for the paragraph environments \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace -10mm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align left \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "buffer-new" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator New \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "file-open" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Open \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "buffer-write" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Save \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show print" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Print \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show spellchecker" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Spellchecker \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "undo" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Undo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "redo" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Redo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "cut" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Cut \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "copy" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Copy \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "paste" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paste \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show findreplace" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Find \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset & \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Replace \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "bookmark-goto 0" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator Navigate Back \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "font-emph" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Emphasize text, function of the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default dialog \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "font-noun" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Set text to noun style, function of the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default dialog \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "textstyle-apply" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Formats text using the current settings in the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default dialog \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-mode" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator Inline \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Formula \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Graphics \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "tabular-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Table \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-toggle toc" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Toggle outline window on/off, \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Outline \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "toolbar-toggle math" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Toggle math toolbar on/off \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "toolbar-toggle table" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Toggle table toolbar on/off \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Extra Toolbar \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Toolbar ! Extra \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/ExtraToolbar.png width 100col% \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following buttons: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Default \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout Enumerate" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Numbered list \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout Itemize" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Itemized list \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout List" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout List \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout Description" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Description list \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Increase \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset List \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Depth \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Decrease \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset List \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Depth \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "float-insert figure" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator Figure \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "float-insert table" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator Table \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "label-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Label \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Cross-Reference \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Citation \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "index-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Index \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Entry \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "nomencl-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Nomenclature \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Entry \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "footnote-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Footnote \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "marginalnote-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Marginal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "note-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "box-insert Frameless" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Box \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "href-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator URL \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "ert-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator T \family default \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset \family sans eX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Code \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator Macro \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset include" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Child \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout-paragraph" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paragraph \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "thesaurus-entry" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Thesaurus \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection View / Update Toolbar \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Toolbar ! View / Update \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/ViewToolbar.png \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following buttons: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "buffer-view" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans View\SpecialChar \menuseparator View \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "buffer-update" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans View\SpecialChar \menuseparator Update \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "master-buffer-view" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans View\SpecialChar \menuseparator Master \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "master-buffer-update" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans View\SpecialChar \menuseparator Update \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Master \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator Synchronize with Output \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/view-others.png scale 85 groupId toolbarbuttons \end_inset \family sans * \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans View\SpecialChar \menuseparator View (Other Formats) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Graphics filename ../../images/update-others.png scale 85 groupId toolbarbuttons \end_inset * \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans View\SpecialChar \menuseparator Update (Other Formats) \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default icon set. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Other Toolbars \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The change tracking toolbar is explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Change-Tracking" \end_inset , the table toolbar \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Toolbar ! Table \end_layout \end_inset in the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual, the math macro toolbar \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Toolbar ! Macro \end_layout \end_inset in the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter The Document Settings \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "chap:The-Document-Settings" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the whole document and is called with the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default . You can save your document settings as default with th \family sans e Save as Document Defaults \family default button in the dialog. This will create a template named \family typewriter default.lyx \family default which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without using a template. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Document Class \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a master document. Document classes are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Document-Classes" \end_inset . Some classes use some class options by default. If this is the case, they are listed in the field \family sans Predefined \family default and you can decide to use them or not. If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is recommended not to touch them. The \family sans Graphics driver \family default is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages. When using \family sans Default \family default , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used. It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are doing. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout When you want to use one of the following drivers \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family sans dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln \family default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 2 in \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a child or subdocument. This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened without its master. This way child documents are always compilable. More about master and child documents is explained in the section \emph on Child Documents \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package \series bold refstyle \series default instead of \series bold prettyref \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! prettyref \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! refstyle \end_layout \end_inset for cross-references, see sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Child Documents \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents. Please refer to the section \emph on Child \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Documents \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual for details. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Modules \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Modules are explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Modules" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Local Layout \end_layout \begin_layout Standard See section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Local-Layout" \end_inset for a description. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Fonts \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The document font settings are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Text Layout \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical skips. The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen. That is impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept. However, it will be as you specified it in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Page Layout \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A description of this menu is given in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation" \end_inset and \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Document-Layout" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Page Margins \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Margins" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Language \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Language-encodings" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Language ! Encoding \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The document language and quote styles are set here. The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the LyX file is always encoded in utf8). All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not known for a particular character). \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The known commands are defined in a text file ( \emph on unicodesymbols \emph default ). You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the \emph on Customization \emph default manual for details. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you use the option \family sans Language Default \family default , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text. If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more than one encoding in the LaTeX file. If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use exactly one encoding. Checking this option is the preferred setting. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively. If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode, for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below. Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete, so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine with \family sans Language Default \family default (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used, because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8). The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative engines to standard LaTeX. Both engines support Unicode natively. LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (XeTe \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset X) \family default , \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (LuaTe \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset X) \family default and \family sans DVI \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (LuaTeX) \family default , see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Output-file-formats" \end_inset ). So if you are using many special or accented characters and \family sans Language Default \family default fails, you might try out one of these new engines. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Language \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset package \family default determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation of strings like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Part \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The possible settings are: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Default is the package \series bold babel \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! babel \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export format you will use. For example for the XeTeX formats the package \series bold polyglossia \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia \end_layout \end_inset will be used instead of \series bold babel \series default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Always \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Babel uses in every case \series bold babel \series default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice. For example if you want to use a language-specific package like \series bold ngerman \series default (for German texts), type in \series bold \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash usepackage{ngerman} \end_layout \begin_layout Description None will not use a language package. This necessary for some document classes for scientific articles. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here is a list with the important encodings: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Language \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (no \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset inputenc) Same as \family sans Language Default \family default , but the LaTeX-package \series bold inputenc \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! inputenc \end_layout \end_inset is not used. When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign languages in TeX code. \end_layout \begin_layout Description ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII). LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Arabic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CP \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi \end_layout \begin_layout Description Arabic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi \end_layout \begin_layout Description Armenian \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ArmSCII8) for Armenian \end_layout \begin_layout Description Baltic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CP \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same as the ISO-8859-13 encoding \end_layout \begin_layout Description Baltic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding \end_layout \begin_layout Description Baltic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the ISO-8859-13 encoding \end_layout \begin_layout Description Central \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CP \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-2 (latin2) \end_layout \begin_layout Description Central \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian \end_layout \begin_layout Description Chinese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (simplified) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (utf8) \end_layout \begin_layout Description Chinese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (simplified) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (utf8) \end_layout \begin_layout Description Chinese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (traditional) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese \end_layout \begin_layout Description Cyrillic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CP \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic \end_layout \begin_layout Description Cyrillic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian \end_layout \begin_layout Description Cyrillic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian \end_layout \begin_layout Description Cyrillic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian \end_layout \begin_layout Description Cyrillic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh \end_layout \begin_layout Description Greek \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-7) for Greek \end_layout \begin_layout Description Hebrew \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CP \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding \end_layout \begin_layout Description Hebrew \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-8) for Hebrew \end_layout \begin_layout Description Japanese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package \series bold CJK \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! CJK \end_layout \end_inset , when using this, set the document language to \family sans Japanese (CJK) \end_layout \begin_layout Description Japanese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package \series bold CJK \series default , when using this, set the document language to \family sans Japanese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CJK) \end_layout \begin_layout Description Japanese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (non-CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package \series bold japanese \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! japanese \end_layout \end_inset , when using this, set the document language to \family sans Japanese \end_layout \begin_layout Description Japanese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (non-CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package \series bold japanese \series default , when using this, set the document language to \family sans Japanese \end_layout \begin_layout Description Japanese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (non-CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package \series bold japanese \series default , when using this, set the document language to \family sans Japanese \end_layout \begin_layout Description Korean \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (EUC-KR) for Korean \end_layout \begin_layout Description Southern \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish \end_layout \begin_layout Description South-Eastern \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German, Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed to cover many languages and characters with diacritics \end_layout \begin_layout Description Thai \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (TIS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 620-0) for Thai \end_layout \begin_layout Description Turkish \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones \end_layout \begin_layout Description Unicode \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package \series bold CJK \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! CJK \end_layout \end_inset (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean) \end_layout \begin_layout Description Unicode \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (XeTeX) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with \family sans XeTeX \family default and \family sans LuaTeX \family default , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package \series bold inputenc \series default . LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX or LuaTeX. Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Unicode \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ucs-extended) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package \series bold ucs \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! ucs \end_layout \end_inset (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts). \end_layout \begin_layout Description Unicode \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package \series bold inputenc \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! inputenc \end_layout \end_inset . Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts) is supported. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Western \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CP \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-1 (latin1) \end_layout \begin_layout Description Western \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15 encoding instead \end_layout \begin_layout Description Western \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the current document. See \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand formatted reference "sub:Prefs-Language" \end_inset for more information on the language package. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Colors \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Color ! main text \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Color ! background \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and for Greyed \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset out notes (default: light grey). The button \family sans Reset \family default sets the color back to the default. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white) and for Shaded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset boxes (default: red). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output. (This Greyed \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset out note appears blue in the output.) \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option \family sans Color \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset links \family default in the document settings under \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset properties \family default , you probably also need to change the link font color by using \family sans Additional \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset options \family default in the \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset properties \family default . For example the option \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold linkcolor=black \end_layout \begin_layout Standard sets the link text color to black. For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package \series bold hyperref \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! hyperref \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "hyperref" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every page in your document if you use these commands as TeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Code behind a forced page break: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize For the page color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold \backslash pagecolor{color name} \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize For the text color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold \backslash color{color name} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The color name can hereby be one of these: \series bold black \series default , \series bold blue \series default , \series bold cyan \series default , \series bold green \series default , \series bold magenta \series default , \series bold red \series default , \series bold white \series default , \series bold yellow \series default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the following names: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize For the page background color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold page_backgroundcolor \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize For the main text color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold document_fontcolor \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize For the Shaded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset box background color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold shadecolor \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize For the Greyed \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset out note text color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold note_fontcolor \end_layout \begin_layout Standard How to define and use custom colors, see section \emph on Colored \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Cells \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Numbering & TOC \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section depth in the table of contents as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Numbering-depth" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Bibliography \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages \series bold natbib \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! natbib \end_layout \end_inset or \series bold jurabib \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! jurabib \end_layout \end_inset . You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package \series bold bibtopic \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic \end_layout \end_inset and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being generated. For a further description see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Indexes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated and you can define additional indexes. Please refer to section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Index" \end_inset for details. \end_layout \begin_layout Section PDF Properties \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The PDF properties are explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:PDF-Properties" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Math Options \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages \series bold amsmath \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! amsmath \end_layout \end_inset , \series bold esint \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! esint \end_layout \end_inset , \series bold mathdots \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! mathdots \end_layout \end_inset und \series bold mhchem \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! mhchem \end_layout \end_inset or to use them automatically when they are needed. \end_layout \begin_layout Description amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas, ensure that you have enabled \family sans AMS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset math \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description esint is used for special integral characters, see section \emph on Big \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Operators \emph default of the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Description mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section \emph on Ellipses \emph default of the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Description mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section \emph on Chemical Symbols and Equations \emph default of the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Float Placement \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The float placement options are described in section \emph on Float \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Placement \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Listings \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The listings settings are explained in chapter \emph on Program Code Listings \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Bullets \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels. The itemize environment is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Itemize" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Branches \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Branches are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Branches" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Output \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Doc-Output" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can define some output specifics for the current document: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Format: The format that is used when you hit \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset View \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Update \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset View Master Document \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Update Master Document \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in the \family sans View \family default menu or the toolbar. The default is set in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator File Formats \family default , see sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand formatted reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Synchronize \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset with \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output settings for the menu \family sans Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator Forward \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset search \family default . For a detailed description see section \emph on Reverse DVI/PDF search \emph default of the \emph on Additional \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Features \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Description XHTML \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Options settings for the export format \family sans LyXHTML \family default . \family sans Strict XHTML \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1.1 \family default will assure that the output follows exactly version \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1.1 of the XHTML standard. The different \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset output \family default settings are described in detail in section \emph on Math Output in XHTML \emph default of the \emph on Additional \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Features \emph default manual. The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Section LaT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX Preamble \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or to define LaTeX-commands. The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts. You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are doing. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter The \family sans Preferences \family default Dialog \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Preferences \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The preferences dialog is called with the menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preferences \family default . It has the following submenus. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Look and Feel \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection User Interface \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection User Interface File \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Customization ! of toolbars \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Customization ! of menus \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take effect. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user interface (ui) file. An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed. The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files \shape italic stdtoolbars.inc \shape default and \shape italic stdmenus.inc \shape default , respectively. Both files are loaded by the \emph on default.ui \emph default file. To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these files and edit the entries. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The \family sans Menubar \family default , \family sans Menu \family default and \family sans Toolbar \family default entries must be ended with an explicit \family sans End \family default . They may contain \family sans Submenus \family default , \family sans Items \family default , \family sans OptItems \family default , \family sans Separators \family default , \family sans Icons, \family default and in the case of the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset file \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset menus a \family sans Lastfiles \family default entry. The syntax for the entries is: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace smallskip* \end_inset \series bold Item \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset menu \series default or \series bold button name \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset LyX-function \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \begin_inset VSpace smallskip* \end_inset All LyX-functions are listed in the menu \family sans Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Functions \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard An example: Assuming you use the menu \family sans Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator Bookmarks \family default quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the line \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace smallskip* \end_inset \series bold Item \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Save Bookmark 6 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset bookmark-save 6 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \begin_inset VSpace smallskip* \end_inset to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Automatic help \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The option \family sans Enable tool tips in main work area \family default enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries or footnotes. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Session \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With the option \family sans Allow saving \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset / \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset restoring of window layout and geometries \family default LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used in the last LyX session. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The option \family sans Restore cursor positions \family default sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last time. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The option \family sans Load opened files from last session \family default opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Documents \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Backup documents" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Backup ! Documents \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When the option \family sans Backup documents \family default is set, you can specify the time between backup saves. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Maximum last files \family default is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Open \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Recent \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When the option \family sans Open documents in tabs \family default is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Screen Fonts \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Font ! Screen \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Screen-Fonts" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default This section only deals with the fonts \emph on inside \emph default the LyX window. The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and set in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator Fonts \family default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By default, LyX uses \family typewriter Times \family default as roman (serif) font, \family typewriter Arial \family default or \family typewriter Helvetica \family default (depends on the system) as \family sans sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif \family default font, and \family typewriter Courier \family default as \family typewriter typewriter \family default font. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can change the font size with the \family sans Zoom \family default setting. You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the current LyX session by pressing \family sans Ctrl \family default and scrolling the mouse wheel. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Screen DPI \family default is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch). The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points. 72 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset points have the size of 1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset inch, see Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cha:Units-available-in" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The default \family sans Font Sizes \family default are the same as if a document font size of 10 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt would be used. The sizes are explained in detail in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Document-Font" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With the option \family sans Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering \family default enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often. This results in better performance, especially on slow systems. On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen. So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over aesthetics. Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset OS and Windows. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Colors \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Color ! LyX screen \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Settings ! Color \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can here change all the colors used by LyX. Choose an item in the list and use the \family sans Alter \family default button. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Display \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Settings ! Display \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Instant Preview \family default enables previewing snippets of your document. This feature is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The option \family sans Mark \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset end \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset paragraphs \family default displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Editing \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Settings ! Editing \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Control \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Editing \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The option \family sans Cursor follows scrollbar \family default sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when scrolling. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The option \family sans Sort environments alphabetically \family default sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The option \family sans Group environments by their category \family default groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section \emph on Math Macros \emph default of the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Fullscreen \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode. The option \family sans Limit text width \family default specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode. This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears then centered. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Shortcuts \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Key Bindings \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Settings ! Shortcuts \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Bind File \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key. Several binding files are available: \end_layout \begin_layout Description cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts \end_layout \begin_layout Description (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs \family sans Emacs \family default ( \family sans XEmacs \family default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Description mac.bind set of bindings for \family sans Mac \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset OS \family default systems. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like \shape italic broadway.bind \shape default , and bind files for special languages. The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset pt \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset for Portuguese. If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate bind-file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some bind-files, like \emph on math.bind \emph default , have only a small scope. When looking at the end of the file \shape italic cua.bind \shape default , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Editing Shortcuts \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Key Bindings ! Editing \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts. To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog provides the field \family sans Show key-bindings containing \family default . In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit. Insert there for example as keyword \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset paste \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions that contain \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset paste \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in their name. As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut. All LyX-functions are also listed in the file \emph on LyX Functions \emph default that you will find in the \family sans Help \family default menu. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To add e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset the shortcut \family sans Alt+Q \family default for the function \family sans textstyle-apply \family default , select the function and press the \family sans Modify \family default button. A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it. So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut. Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way. You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated list. LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document part. The binding for the function \family sans command-alter \family default is an example of this. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a text editor. The syntax of the entries is: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash bind \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset key combination \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset LyX-function \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Keyboard / Mouse \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Keyboard-Map" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Keyboard Map \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Settings ! Keyboard Map \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system. For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps. If you have e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you can use the keyboard map file named \emph on romanian.kmap \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Besides this, you can specify here the \family sans Wheel scrolling speed \family default . The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones slow it down. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Input Completion \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Input completion \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Input completion is described in sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Input-Completion" \end_inset . The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options for text. With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or not. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Paths \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Paths" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Paths \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Settings ! Paths \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Working \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset directory This is LyX's working directory. It is the default when you \family sans Open \family default , \family sans Save \family default or \family sans Save \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset as \family default files. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset from \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Template \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Example \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset files This directory will be opened when you use the button \family sans Examples \family default in the \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Open \family default dialog. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default The \family sans Examples \family default button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Backup \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset directory \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Backup ! Directory \end_layout \end_inset Backup copies will be saved to this directory. When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Backup documents" \end_inset , the \family sans Working directory \family default will be used to save the backups. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The backup files have the ending \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset .lyx~ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Ly \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe. This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold Example \series default : You add a BibTeX-database test.bib to your document. You can edit this file with the program \family typewriter JabRef \family default bearbeiten. In \family typewriter JabRef \family default you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under \family sans External \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset programs \family default . If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in \family typewriter JabRef \family default and click on the LyX-symbol. The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position in your LyX file. \family typewriter JabRef \family default and LyX need of course to be run the same time. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default This feature doesn't work on Windows systems. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Temporary \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory. \end_layout \begin_layout Description PATH \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs. When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where to find it on the system. The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it. On Unix \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset / \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH). \end_layout \begin_layout Section Identity \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can insert your name and email address. The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Change-Tracking" \end_inset , to mark changes you make as yours. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Language Settings \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Language ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Settings ! Language \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Language \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Prefs-Language" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description User \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Interface \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus. Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows. It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated. You find the actual translation status here: \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n" target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset language is the language used in new documents \end_layout \begin_layout Description Language \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language issues. Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation as well as localization of dates and text strings such as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Chapter \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Table \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The most widespread language package is \series bold babel \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! babel \end_layout \end_inset , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX. However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come with the alternative language package \series bold polyglossia \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia \end_layout \end_inset that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines. Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not covered by babel. The available selections are described in sec. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Language-encodings" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Decimal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point alignment) \end_layout \begin_layout Description Command \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document language, you can here specify the command to start the package. An example is the start command \family sans \backslash begin{arabtext} \family default that is needed to write Arabic using the package \series bold ArabTeX \series default , see \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "Arabic" \end_inset . The default is the \series bold babel \series default command \family sans \backslash selectlanguage{$$lang} \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Command \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset end Counterpart to \family sans Command start \family default . Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start command toggles the package on and off. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Set \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset languages \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be used by all LaTeX-packages. Otherwise they will only be used as options for the \series bold babel \series default package. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Auto \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document language. When this option is not set, the \family sans Command \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset start \family default is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output. This assures that the correct language is used when you use another \family sans Command \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset start \family default than the default. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Auto \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset end Counterpart to \family sans Auto \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset begin \family default . When it is not set, the \family sans Command \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset end \family default is set to the end of the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Mark \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset foreign \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document language will be underlined blue. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Enable \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset RTL \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL), like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Cursor \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically. Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Spellchecker \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The spellchecker settings are explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Spellchecking" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Outputs \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Printer \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Printer" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Printer \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Settings ! Printer \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer. The name will be used when the \family sans Printer command \family default is executed. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Printer \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset command is the command LyX \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset / \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset LaTeX uses for printing. The default is on most systems \family sans dvips \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Printer \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Command \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Options Here you can specify printer options. A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation of the program that provides the \family sans Printer command \family default you are using. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Adapt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset printer This option works only for the \family sans Printer command \family default \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans dvips \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . It activates a configuration file for dvips. This is an option only for dvips experts. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Date Format \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Date Format \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Settings ! Date format \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset For example the format \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset %d/%m/%y \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset prints the date as day/month/year. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Plain Text \end_layout \begin_layout Description Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator Plain \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \family default . Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless line. \end_layout \begin_layout Description roff \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables with the \family typewriter groff/troff/nroff \family default UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them). Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection LaT \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset eX \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:LaTeX-settings" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Settings ! LaTeX \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Te \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset X \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset encoding This is the default encoding of the document font. \family sans T1 \family default is the default and covers western languages and symbols. \family sans T2A \family default , \family sans T2B \family default , \family sans T2C \family default , \family sans LCY \family default , and \family sans X2 \family default are for Cyrillic. Combinations of the encodings are possible, like \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family sans T1, T2B \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages LyX sets up in the background. So there is no need to change the default encoding. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset paper \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset size This is the paper size that is used for new documents. The \family sans Default \family default value depends on your LaTeX-system setup. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications. But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the manuals of the applications. Currently the following commands can be set: \end_layout \begin_layout Description CheckTe \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset X \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset command Command for the program \family sans CheckTeX \family default that is described in the section \emph on Checking TeX \emph default of the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Description BibTe \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout {} \end_layout \end_inset X \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset command Command for the program \family sans BibTeX \family default that generates the bibliography, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Bibliography-databases" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Index \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset command Command for the program that generates the index, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Index-Program" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Nomenclature \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description DVI \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset viewer \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset paper \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset size \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset options They only have an effect when the program \family sans xdvi \family default is used as DVI-viewer. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are additionally the following options: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Use \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Windows-style \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset paths \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset in \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \backslash \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is used instead of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset / \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to separate folders. This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows. \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Paths \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Settings ! Paths \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Reset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset class \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset options \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset when \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset classes \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset changes Removes all manually set document class options in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings \family default dialog when changing the document class. \end_layout \begin_layout Section File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Handling \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File handling \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Converters \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sub:Converters" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Converters \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material from one format to another. You can modify them or create new ones. To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field \family sans Converter \family default and/or \family sans Extra \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset flag \family default , and press the \family sans Modify \family default button. To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format in the \family sans From \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset format \family default drop-down list, modify the \family sans Converter \family default field, and press the \family sans Add \family default button. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When the \family sans Converter File Cache \family default is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field \family sans Maximum Age (in days \family default ). This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in the converter definition, is described in the section \emph on Converters \emph default of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection File Formats \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File formats \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Copiers \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle. You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain formats. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition, is described in the section \emph on Formats \emph default of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed. This is done by specifying a \family sans Copier \family default . More about this is described in the section \emph on Copiers \emph default of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter Units available in LyX \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Units \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "cha:Units-available-in" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To understand the units described in this documentation, \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "cap:Units" \end_inset explains all units available in LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement h wide false sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "cap:Units" \end_inset Units \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout unit \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout name/description \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout mm \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout millimeter \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout cm \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout centimeter \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout in \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout inch \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout pt \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout point (72.27 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt = 1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout pc \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout pica (1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pc = 12 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout sp \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout scaled point (65536 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset sp = 1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout bp \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout big point (72 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset bp = 1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout dd \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout didot (72 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset dd \begin_inset Formula $\approx$ \end_inset 37.6 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout cc \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout cicero (1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cc = 12 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset dd) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Scale% \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout % of original image width \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout text% \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout % of text width \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout col% \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout % of column width \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout page% \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout % of paper width \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout line% \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout % of line width \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout theight% \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout % of text height \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout pheight% \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout % of paper height \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ex \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout height of letter \emph on x \emph default in current font \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout em \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout width of letter \emph on M \emph default in current font \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout mu \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout math unit (1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mu = 1/18 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter Credits \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "cha:Credits" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people (and we would encourage people to contribute!). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noun on Alejandro Aguilar Sierra \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noun on Amir Karger \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noun on David Johnson \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noun on Hartmut Haase \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noun on Ignacio García \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noun on Ivan Schreter \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noun on John Raithel \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noun on John Weiss \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noun on Matthias Ettrich \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noun on Matthias Zenker \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noun on Rich Fields \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noun on Pascal André \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noun on Paul Evans \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noun on Paul Russel \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noun on Robin Socha \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noun on Uwe Stöhr \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The LyX Team: \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "lyxcredit" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Newpage newpage \end_inset The bibliography on the following page was created with the \family sans Bibliography \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem label "Credits" key "lyxcredit" \end_inset The LyX Team: \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Credits" target "http://www.lyx.org/Credits" \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.lyx.org/Credits \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "latexcompanion" \end_inset Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens: \emph on The LaTeX Companion Second Edition. \emph default Addison-Wesley, 2004 \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "latexguide" \end_inset Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. Daly: \emph on A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition. \emph default Addison-Wesley, 2003 \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "latexbook" \end_inset Leslie Lamport: \emph on LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. \emph default Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994 \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "texbook" \end_inset Donald E. Knuth. \emph on The TeXbook. \emph default Addison-Wesley, 1984 \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "TeXCatalogue" \end_inset The TeX Catalogue: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "LaTeXFAQ" \end_inset The LaTeX FAQ: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "BibTeX" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf" \end_inset of the program \family sans BibTeX \family default : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "BibTeX-2" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf" \end_inset how to use the program \family sans BibTeX \family default : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "makeindex" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf" \end_inset of the program \family sans makeindex \family default : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "xindy" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html" \end_inset of the program \family sans xindy \family default : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "caption" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf" \end_inset of the LaTeX-package \series bold caption \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! caption \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "fancyhdr" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf" \end_inset of the LaTeX-package \series bold fancyhdr \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "hyperref" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf" \end_inset of the LaTeX-package \series bold hyperref \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! hyperref \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "nomencl" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf" \end_inset of the LaTeX-package \series bold nomencl \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! nomencl \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "prettyref" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf" \end_inset of the LaTeX-package \series bold prettyref \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! prettyref \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "refstyle" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf" \end_inset of the LaTeX-package \series bold refstyle \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! refstyle \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "tipa" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf" \end_inset of the LaTeX-package \series bold tipa \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX-packages ! tipa \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "XeTeX" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Wiki-page" target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX" \end_inset how to use LyX with XeTeX: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "Arabic" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Wiki-page" target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic" \end_inset how to set up LyX for Arabic: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "Armenian" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Wiki-page" target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian" \end_inset how to set up LyX for Armenian: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "Farsi" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Wiki-page" target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi" \end_inset how to set up LyX for Farsi: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "Hebrew" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Wiki-page" target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew" \end_inset how to set up LyX for Hebrew: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "Japanese" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Wiki-page" target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese" \end_inset how to set up LyX for Japanese: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "Latvian" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Wiki-page" target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian" \end_inset how to set up LyX for Latvian: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "Lithuanian" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Wiki-page" target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian" \end_inset how to set up LyX for Lithuanian: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "Mongolian" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Wiki-page" target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian" \end_inset how to set up LyX for Mongolian: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "Vietnamese" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Wiki-page" target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese" \end_inset how to set up LyX for Vietnamese: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "NewInLyX20" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Wiki-page" target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20" \end_inset about new features in \family sans LyX 2.0 \family default : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20 \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Newpage newpage \end_inset \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash let \backslash mybibname \backslash bibname \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash bibname}{ \backslash mybibname \backslash ; 2} \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The command \series bold \backslash bibname \series default is the name of the bibliography in the current document language. It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following bibliography is the second one: \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex LatexCommand bibtex bibfiles "../biblio/LyXDocs" options "../biblio/alphadin" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print LatexCommand printnomenclature set_width "auto" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset index_print LatexCommand printindex type "idx" \end_inset \end_layout \end_body \end_document